Quarterlytics / Industrials / Industrial - Machinery / Watts Water

Watts Water

wts · NYSE Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker wts
Exchange NYSE
Sector Industrials
Industry Industrial - Machinery
Employees 5001-10,000
← All annual reports
FY2016 Annual Report · Watts Water
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
W
W
a
a
t
t
t
t
s
s
W
W
a
a
t
t
e
e
r
r

T
T
e
e
c
c
h
h
n
n
o
o
o
o
g
g
e
e
s
s
,
,

l
l

i
i

2016 Annual Report

I
I

n
n
c
c
.
.

2
0
1
6

A
A
n
n
n
n
u
u
a
a

l
l

R
R
e
e
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t

3/21/17   6:39 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our Mission:

707069cov.indd   2

To improve comfort, safety, and quality of life for people around the world  through our expertise in a wide range of water technologies.              To be the best in the eyes of                   our associates, customers, and                      shareholders.A Global Industry Leader

Water is essential in our lives, and at Watts we are focused on delivering innovative solutions that 

address water safety and regulation, energy efficiency, and water conservation.  

Through our leading brands, we are a global manufacturer offering solutions for plumbing and flow 
control, water quality, drainage and water reuse, and HVAC applications, primarily within commercial and 
residential buildings.

We sell our products and solutions under many brand names, such as our Watts and Socla brands of 
water safety and flow control products, BLÜCHER stainless steel drainage systems, and AERCO and PVI 
brands of heating and hot water solutions. 

We  have  been  an  industry  leader  for  more  than  a  century  and  have  a  history  of  innovation.  Such 
innovations include temperature and pressure relief valves, first introduced in the 1930s, and backflow 
prevention products, introduced in the 1970s—both of which continue to be successful product lines.  

With  today’s  technologies,  our  IntelliStation™  Digital Water  Mixing  System  is  enabling  facility  man-
agers to remotely monitor and control water temperatures in buildings. And our AERCO Benchmark® 
Platinum commercial boiler enables pro-active system monitoring and efficiencies for significant savings 
and superior return on investment.

2016

We focus on a five-part corporate strategy to create shareholder value:

•  Growth—Driving customer-focused innovation and focusing on key, specific geographies for growth

• Commercial Excellence—Delivering a superior customer experience and building world-class 
commercial functions

• Operational Excellence—Empowering people with knowledge & tools to eliminate waste and  
continuously improve

• One Watts—Working as a unified organization and promoting shared values, goals, and processes 

•  Talent & Performance Culture—Expecting accountability at all levels and encouraging innova-
tive thinking and ongoing development

Each  day,  we  are  helping  people  safely  and  efficiently  use  water,  one  of  the  world’s  most  precious 
resources. Guided by our corporate strategy and our focus on customers and innovation, we are con-
tinuing our drive to improve comfort, safety, and quality of life for people around the world through 
our expertise in a wide range of water technologies.

707069txt.indd   3

3/23/17   2:17 PM

The Global Management Team 
Photographed in the Watts® WorksSM Learning Center in North Andover, Massachusetts.
Left to right:
James F. Dagley, President, Heating and Hot Water Solutions Platform; Munish Nanda, President, Americas and 
Europe; Kenneth R. Lepage, General Counsel, Executive Vice President and Secretary; Robert J. Pagano, Jr., 
Chief Executive Officer and President; Todd A. Trapp, Chief Financial Officer; Jennifer L. Congdon, Chief Human 
Resources Officer; Elie A.Melhem, President, Asia-Pacific, the Middle East, and Africa; Ram Ramakrishnan, 
Executive Vice President, Strategy and Business Development 

707069txtcx.indd   4

3/21/17   8:01 PM

To Our Shareholders

We made great progress in 2016, as we strengthened our focus on the customer, fostered a “One 

Watts” global mindset, executed on many transformative initiatives, upgraded our portfolio, and 
delivered strong operating performance. We believe our efforts this past year have positioned our Com-
pany for growth.  

2016 Financial Highlights 

Sales for the full year were $1.4 billion, down approximately $70 million, or five percent, on a reported 
basis.   The  sales  reduction  was  primarily  the  result  of  our  2015  decision  to  strategically  exit  non-core 
products of approximately $98 million.  Acquired and organic sales contributed $24 million and $13 mil-
lion, respectively, and were partially offset by $9 million in negative foreign exchange movements.  

Organically, sales in the Americas and Asia-Pacific increased approximately one percent and 12 per-

cent, respectively, while sales in Europe, the Middle East, and Africa (EMEA) were flat.   

We  committed  to  investors  that  our  adjusted  operating  margin,  a  key  profitability  measure,  would 
increase by 100 basis points in 2016.  We are proud to report that we exceeded our goal, delivering a 
130 basis point improvement year over year, to a record 11.4 percent. And we increased our adjusted 
operating margin while still making key investments in sales and marketing, research and development, 
information technology, and training.  

Free cash flow continued to be a very good story for us.  In 2016, free cash flow was $102 million, repre-
senting a free cash flow conversion rate of 121 percent for the year.  We achieved this while investing 30 

2016

For further discussion of “adjusted operating margin,” “adjusted earnings per 
share,” “free cash flow,” and “free cash flow conversion rate,” which are non-
GAAP financial measures, and the comparable GAAP measures, see the section 
titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results 
of Operations” in our Form 10-K included in this Annual Report to Shareholders. 

707069txtcx.indd   5

3/21/17   8:01 PM

Watts® WorksSM Learning Center in North Andover, Massachusetts

percent more in capital spending to upgrade our manufacturing processes, enhance our training capa-
bilities, and improve our systems—all to support our growth and productivity.  

Focusing on Customers 

In 2016, we continued our focus on customers, finding new ways to recognize their needs and provide 

them with an expanded portfolio of products and solutions. 

To  educate  customers  and  gain  valuable  feedback,  on  April  20,  2016,  we  opened  our  world-class 
Watts® WorksSM Learning Center in North Andover, Massachusetts. During the year, we also established a 
Learning Center in Dubai as part of our Middle East expansion, revamped our existing Learning Center in 
Biassono, Italy, and opened a satellite Learning Center in our Woodland, California, facility. These centers 
provide  customers,  channel  partners,  and Watts  associates  with  valuable  knowledge  and  experience 
with our products and systems—enabling them to gain an understanding of our unique value proposi-
tion. We  trained  thousands  of  customers,  channel  partners,  and  sales  representatives  in  our  Learning 
Centers and through e-learning courses. 

In  November,  we  purchased  PVI  Industries,  Inc.  (PVI),  a  leading  manufacturer  of  engineer-specified, 
high-capacity commercial water heaters for new construction and building retrofits. PVI complements 
our AERCO brand’s leading position in high-efficiency boilers. By acquiring PVI, we have strengthened 
our ability to provide our customers with complete heating and hot water system solutions. 

Coming Together as “One Watts”

We took meaningful steps in 2016 to foster a One Watts culture. In November, we held the first-ever 
Connect conference, bringing together our top 140 leaders from around the world to focus on growth 
and accountability.

Earlier  in  the  year,  we  initiated  several  key  senior-level  management  changes  to  drive  a  One Watts 
mindset.  Munish Nanda, our Americas leader, took over additional responsibilities for Europe. Eli Melhem, 
our Asia-Pacific leader, also assumed responsibility for the Middle East and Africa. We made these changes 
to simplify our organization and employ a more global business approach.  

During 2016, we realigned platforms and leadership in both Europe and the Americas. In Europe, we 
now have a pan-European business structure for product management, marketing, and sales. We also 
created global product platforms for Drains, Water Quality, and Electronics. This supports our intention to 
gain voice of customer feedback from multiple regions, develop new products to meet customer needs 
globally, and promote more cross-selling opportunities around the world.  

With the acquisition of PVI, we announced a new Heating and Hot Water Solutions platform, led by Jim 
Dagley. We expect this alignment to foster customer-centric system solutions in commercial applications.  

707069txt.indd   6

3/20/17   10:05 AM

Powers IntelliStationTM training

Facility opening in Jebel Ali, Dubai

PVI Industries in Fort Worth, Texas

To also support “One Watts” in the eyes of our customers, in 2016 we launched a new global brand 
strategy.  We  are  including  a  tieback  of “A  Watts  Brand”  beneath  all  of  our  brand  logos  globally  on 
products, marketing collateral, and websites. Our goal is to clearly connect all our brands, leverage our 
collective strength, and enable customers to learn about all of our products and solutions.

Driving Operational Excellence

In 2016, we continued our commitment to operational excellence, and as part of this, we achieved sig-
nificant improvements in safety across the globe. Our safety performance for 2016 was the best on record 
in the history of the Company for both recordable and lost-time injuries. 

In the last two years globally, recordable injuries have been cut by 55 percent, while lost-time injuries 
have decreased by more than 45 percent. We believe, however, that even one injury or accident is one 
too many, and we will continue to strive towards zero incidents.

During 2016, we realized the operational savings in the U.S. and EMEA that we expected. Our transfor-
mation and restructuring initiatives, global sourcing, and ongoing productivity focus were key elements 
enabling our record adjusted operating margin. 

While most of the Americas transformation was accomplished in 2016, we expect to complete phase 2 
of  the  initiative  in  2017.  Phase  2  addresses  our  infrastructure  requirements  to  support  a  streamlined 
product portfolio. We are on track to reduce our net operating footprint by approximately 30 percent.  
When completed, our phase 2 efforts should reduce working capital, improve our planning process, help 
create savings by reducing redundancy, and enable us to become a company that is easier to do business 
with. Further, we will drive new lean initiatives to generate additional operating efficiencies as part of our 
normal operations.

Driving Profitable Growth

We are pursuing many avenues to drive profitable growth, including introducing new products, enter-

ing new markets and geographies, and becoming more of a solutions seller.

In  2016,  we  launched  our  Hot Water  Control Valve  product  line  in  Australia. This  new  product  line, 
which used the design capabilities of our Apex Valves business in New Zealand, is enabling us to grow 
in the Australian market. 

We also completed the acquisition of a former joint venture company in South Korea, positioning our-
selves to more effectively market AERCO and additional Watts brands in South Korea and other parts of Asia.
Looking ahead, we see exciting possibilities for driving growth.  For example, customers are demand-
ing smart solutions, as evidenced by the market response to the IntelliStation™ from our Powers brand. 
The IntelliStation is a smart hot water mixing and recirculation system for commercial and institutional 

2016

707069txt.indd   7

3/20/17   10:05 AM

AquaTowers in Colombia and China

facilities. Sales in 2016, its first full year of availability, exceeded our expectations.

We are also delivering products that support water conservation, an area of strong customer interest. 
For example, in 2016 we launched in the Americas the BLÜCHER HygienicPro® line of stainless steel drains 
and channels, which are specifically designed to meet the stringent sanitation and efficiency demands 
of food processing and beverage production facilities. The design and construction of HygienicPro drains 
and channels allow them to be thoroughly cleaned with minimal water and little production downtime.
In 2017, we intend to continue to drive a streamlined new product development process across the 
globe  focused  on  listening  to  customers,  developing  innovative  solutions,  and  efficiently  delivering 
those solutions to the market. 

Helping Those in Need

As a final note, 2016 was the first year of our partnership with the Planet Water Foundation, a U.S.-based 

non-profit that helps bring clean drinking water to the world’s most disadvantaged communities. 

In March 2016, we supported the construction of an AquaTower at a school in the village of Campo de 
la Cruz, Colombia. In September, we sponsored a similar tower at a school in the community of Luoxiang 
in the Guangxi province of southwestern China. The water towers provide great benefits to the schools 
and surrounding communities, and in China, members of our Asia-Pacific team were on site to construct 
the tower. 

In 2017, we are expanding our partnership with the Planet Water Foundation and are sponsoring three 
additional water towers. Through this partnership, we have the power to help thousands of people ob-
tain an absolute essential: access to clean drinking water. We are helping improve comfort, safety, and 
quality of life, and we are all very proud to be playing a part.

Delivering on Commitments

Over  the  past  year,  we  have  made  substantial  progress  in  our  journey  to  becoming  a  leaner,  more 
customer-centric organization. Our achievements, including stabilizing our foundation and driving trans-
formation efforts, are helping to seed our future growth. This coming year, we will be particularly focused 
on  growth  through  new  product  introductions,  geographical  expansion,  and  solutions  selling.  I  am 
confident our team will continue to deliver on its commitments for 2017 and beyond.

2016

Chief Executive Officer and President 

707069txtcx.indd   8

3/21/17   8:01 PM

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 

FORM 10-K 

  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 

Or 

  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT 

OF 1934 

Commission file number 001-11499 

WATTS WATER TECHNOLOGIES, INC. 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Delaware 
(State or Other Jurisdiction of 
Incorporation or Organization) 

815 Chestnut Street, North Andover, MA 
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) 

04-2916536 
(I.R.S. Employer 
Identification No.) 

01845 
(Zip Code) 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (978) 688-1811 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of Each Class 
Class A common stock, par value $0.10 per share 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered 
New York Stock Exchange 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes   No  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes   No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the 

preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 
90 days. Yes   No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be 
submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post 
such files). Yes   No  

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of 

registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the 

definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one): 

Large accelerated filer  

Accelerated filer  

Non-accelerated filer  
(Do not check if a 
smaller reporting company) 

Smaller reporting company 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes   No  

As of July 1, 2016, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $1,657,749,907 based 

on the closing sale price as reported on the New York Stock Exchange. 

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date. 

Class 
Class A common stock, $0.10 par value per share 
Class B common stock, $0.10 par value per share 

Outstanding at January 27, 2017 
27,811,140 shares 
6,379,290 shares 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Portions of the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for its Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 17, 2017, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this 

Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1.   BUSINESS. 

PART I 

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains statements that are not historical facts and are considered 

forward-looking within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking 
statements contain projections of our future results of operations or our financial position or state other forward-looking 
information. In some cases you can identify these forward-looking statements by words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” 
“could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “should,” and “would” or similar words. You should not rely on 
forward-looking statements because they involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, some of 
which are beyond our control. These risks, uncertainties and other factors may cause our actual results, performance or 
achievements to differ materially from the anticipated future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied 
by the forward-looking statements. Some of the factors that might cause these differences are described under Item 1A—
“Risk Factors.” You should carefully review all of these factors, and you should be aware that there may be other 
factors that could cause these differences. These forward-looking statements were based on information, plans and 
estimates at the date of this report, and, except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update any 
forward-looking statements to reflect changes in underlying assumptions or factors, new information, future events or 
other changes. 

In this Annual Report on Form 10-K, references to “the Company,” “Watts Water,” “we,” “us” or “our” refer to 

Watts Water Technologies, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. 

Overview 

Watts Regulator Co. was founded by Joseph E. Watts in 1874 in Lawrence, Massachusetts. Watts Regulator Co. 

started as a small machine shop supplying parts to the New England textile mills of the 19th century and grew into a 
global manufacturer of products and systems focused on the control, conservation and quality of water and the comfort 
and safety of the people using it. Watts Water Technologies, Inc. was incorporated in Delaware in 1985 and became the 
parent company of Watts Regulator Co. 

Our strategy is to be the preferred supplier of differentiated products and systems that manage and conserve the 

flow of fluids and energy into, through and out of buildings in the residential and commercial markets of the Americas, 
EMEA (Europe, Middle East and Africa) and Asia-Pacific. Within this framework, we focus upon three themes: 
safety & regulation, energy efficiency and water conservation. This strategy enables us to continue our growth of 
earnings via increased sales, both organic and inorganic, and the systematic reduction of manufacturing costs and 
operational expenses. 

We intend to continue to expand organically by introducing new products in existing markets, by enhancing our 

preferred brands, by developing new complementary products, by promoting plumbing code development to drive the 
need for safety and water quality products and by continually improving merchandising in our wholesale distribution 
channels. We target selected new product and geographic markets based on growth potential, including our ability to 
leverage our existing distribution channels. Additionally, we leverage our distribution channels through the introduction 
of new products, as well as the integration of products of our acquired companies. 

We intend to continue to generate incremental growth by targeting selected acquisitions, both in our core 

markets as well as new complementary markets. We have completed 11 acquisitions in the last decade. Our acquisition 
strategy focuses on businesses that manufacture preferred brand name products that address our themes of safety & 
regulation, energy efficiency and water conservation in our primary or related complementary markets. We target 
businesses that will provide us with one or more of the following: an entry into new markets, an increase in shelf space 
with existing customers, strong brand names, a new or improved technology or an expansion of the breadth of our 
product offerings. 

We are committed to reducing our manufacturing and operating costs using Lean methodologies to drive 

improvement across all key processes, and consolidating our diverse manufacturing operations and distribution centers 
in Americas, EMEA and Asia-Pacific. We have a number of manufacturing facilities in lower-cost regions. In recent 
years, we have announced several global restructuring plans to reduce our manufacturing and distribution footprint in 
order to reduce our costs and to realize additional operating efficiencies. 

2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Additionally, a majority of our manufacturing facilities are ISO 9000, 9001 or 9002 certified by the 

International Organization for Standardization. 

Many of our sales are for products that have been approved under regulatory standards incorporated into state 

and municipal plumbing, heating, building and fire protection codes in North America, Europe, and certain countries 
within Asia-Pacific. We have consistently advocated for the development and enforcement of plumbing codes and are 
committed to providing products to meet these standards, particularly for safety and control valve products. 

Our business is reported in three geographic segments: Americas, EMEA and Asia-Pacific. The contributions of 

each segment to net sales, operating income and the presentation of certain other financial information by segment are 
reported in Note 16 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis 
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this report. 

Products 

We have a broad range of products in terms of design distinction, size and configuration. We classify our many 

products into four global product lines. These product lines are: 

•  Residential & commercial flow control products—includes products typically sold into plumbing and hot 
water applications such as backflow preventers, water pressure regulators, temperature and pressure relief 
valves, and thermostatic mixing valves. Residential & commercial flow control products accounted for 
approximately 56% of our total sales in 2016, 57% of our total sales in 2015, and 61% of our total sales in 
2014. 

•  HVAC & gas products—includes commercial high-efficiency boilers, water heaters and heating solutions, 
hydronic and electric heating systems for under-floor radiant applications, custom heat and hot water 
solutions, hydronic pump groups for boiler manufacturers and alternative energy control packages, and 
flexible stainless steel connectors for natural and liquid propane gas in commercial food service and 
residential applications. HVAC & gas products accounted for approximately 29% of our total sales in 2016 
and 2015 and 24% of our total sales in 2014. HVAC is an acronym for heating, ventilation and air 
conditioning. 

•  Drainage & water re-use products—includes drainage products and engineered rain water harvesting 

solutions for commercial, industrial, marine and residential applications. Drainage & water re-use products 
accounted for approximately 9% of our total sales in 2016 and 2015, and 10% of our total sales in 2014. 

•  Water quality products—includes point-of-use and point-of-entry water filtration, conditioning and scale 

prevention systems for both commercial and residential applications. Water quality products accounted for 
approximately 6% of our total sales in 2016 and 5% of our total sales in each of 2015 and 2014.  

Commercial and Operational Excellence 

We strive to invest in product innovation that meets the wants and needs of our customers.  Our focus is on 
differentiated products that will provide greater opportunity to distinguish and defend ourselves in the market place. 
Conversely, we want to migrate away from commoditized products where we cannot add value. Our goal is to be a 
solutions provider, not merely a components supplier. We refer to this customer-facing mindset as commercial 
excellence and we are continually looking for strategic opportunities to invest or divest, where necessary, in order to 
meet those objectives. In conjunction with this customer-centric focus, we continually review our operations to ensure 
we can efficiently and effectively produce and deliver products to customers. We call this aspect of our business 
operational excellence. 

In 2015, our Board of Directors approved a program relating to the transformation of our Americas and 

Asia-Pacific businesses.  The first phase of the program primarily involved the exit of low-margin, non-core product 
lines and global sourcing actions.  We eliminated approximately $165 million of our combined Americas and 
Asia-Pacific net sales that primarily sold through our do-it-yourself (DIY) distribution channel. We discontinued selling 
our remaining rationalized product lines as of the end of the first quarter of 2016. As part of the rationalization exercise, 

3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
we entered into an agreement to sell an operating subsidiary in China that was dedicated exclusively to the 
manufacturing of products being rationalized. We completed the sale in the second quarter of 2016. The second phase of 
the program is substantially complete and involved decreasing the square footage of our Americas facilities, which 
together with phase one, reduced the Americas net operating footprint by approximately 30%. The second phase is 
designed to improve the utilization of our remaining facilities, better leverage our cost structure, reduce working capital, 
and improve execution of customer delivery requirements. The second phase is expected to be complete in 2017. Refer 
to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for further discussion. 

Customers and Markets 

We sell our products to plumbing, heating and mechanical wholesale distributors and dealers, original 
equipment manufacturers (OEMs), specialty product distributors, and major DIY chains. In September 2015, as part of 
the first phase of our transformation of our Americas and Asia-Pacific business, we divested a substantial portion of our 
DIY business in the Americas, which reduced the significance of DIY as a distribution channel for our products in 2016. 
In 2016, we added specialty as an additional primary distribution channel since this channel has become more prominent 
as a result of our acquisitions in recent years. This specialty channel is distinct and is managed separately from our 
traditional plumbing wholesale channel. The specialty channel was previously reported in the wholesale channel. 

Wholesalers.  Approximately 57% of our sales in 2016, 52% of our sales in 2015, and 59% of our sales in 2014 

were to wholesale distributors for commercial and residential applications.  

OEMs.  Approximately 21% of our sales in 2016, 20% of our sales in 2015, and 24% of our sales in 2014 were 
to OEMs. In the Americas, our typical OEM customers are water heater manufacturers and equipment and water systems 
manufacturers needing flow control devices and other products. Our sales to OEMs in EMEA are primarily to boiler 
manufacturers and radiant system manufacturers. Our sales to OEMs in Asia-Pacific are primarily to boiler, water heater 
and bath manufacturers, including manufacturers of faucet and shower products. 

Specialty. Approximately 18% of our sales in 2016 and 2015, and 4% of our sales in 2014 were through our 
specialty channel. The specialty channel primarily includes sales related to high-efficiency boilers and water heaters, 
water filtration and conditioning products, specialty floor and tile products, and food service products.  

DIY Chains.  Approximately 4% of our sales in 2016, 10% of our sales in 2015 and 13% of our sales in 2014 

were to DIY chains. 

In 2016, 2015 and 2014, no customer accounted for more than 10% of our total net sales. Our top ten customers 

accounted for approximately $275.2 million, or 20% of our total net sales in 2016, $345.6 million, or 24%, of our total 
net sales in 2015; and $380.0 million, or 25%, of our total net sales in 2014. Thousands of other customers constituted 
the balance of our net sales in each of those years. 

Marketing and Sales 

For product sales in the Americas, we rely primarily on commissioned manufacturers’ representatives to market 
our product lines, some of which maintain a consigned inventory of our products. These representatives sell primarily to 
plumbing and heating wholesalers and contractors or service DIY stores. Our specialty channel in the Americas is sold 
through independent representatives, dealers and distributors. We also sell products directly to wholesalers, OEMs and 
private label accounts primarily in EMEA and Asia-Pacific, and to a lesser extent in the Americas.  

Manufacturing 

We have integrated and automated manufacturing capabilities, including a state of the art lead-free foundry and 
a traditional brass and bronze foundry, machining, plastic extrusion and injection molding and assembly operations. Our 
foundry operations include metal pouring systems, automatic core making, and brass and bronze die-castings. Our 
machining operations feature computer-controlled machine tools, high-speed chucking machines with robotics and 
automatic screw machines for machining bronze, brass and steel components. We have invested in recent years to 
expand our manufacturing capabilities to ensure the availability of the most efficient and productive equipment. We are 
committed to maintaining our manufacturing equipment at a level consistent with current technology in order to 

4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
maintain high levels of quality and manufacturing efficiencies. In 2016, we continued to invest in our systems and in our 
manufacturing and training facilities. 

Capital expenditures and depreciation for each of the last three years were as follows: 

Years Ended  December 31,    

Capital expenditures 
Depreciation 

Raw Materials 

      2014 

      2016 

      2015 
(in millions) 
  $  36.0   $  27.7   $  23.7  
  $  30.4   $  31.6   $  32.9  

We require substantial amounts of raw materials to produce our products, including bronze, brass, cast iron, 
stainless steel, steel, plastic, and other materials used in our products. Substantially all of the raw materials we require 
are purchased from outside sources. The commodity markets have experienced volatility over the past several years, 
particularly with respect to copper and stainless steel. Bronze and brass are copper-based alloys. The price of copper had 
steadily declined over the three previous years, however prices began to increase in the second half of 2016. We expect 
to see increased commodity pricing in 2017 particularly with respect to copper and steel. The fact that we internationally 
source a significant amount of raw materials means that several months of raw materials and work in process are moving 
through our supply chain at any point in time. We are not able to predict whether commodity costs, including copper and 
stainless steel, will significantly increase or decrease in the future. If commodity costs increase in the future and we are 
not able to reduce or eliminate the effect of the cost increases by reducing production costs or implementing price 
increases, our profit margins could decrease. If commodity costs were to decline, we may experience pressures from 
customers to reduce our selling prices. The timing of any price reductions and decreases in commodity costs may not 
align. As a result, our margins could be affected. 

With limited exceptions, we have multiple suppliers for our commodities and other raw materials. We believe 

our relationships with our key suppliers are good and that an interruption in supply from any one supplier would not 
materially affect our ability to meet our immediate demands while another supplier is qualified. We regularly review our 
suppliers to evaluate their strengths. If a supplier is unable to meet our demands, we believe that in most cases our 
inventory of raw materials will allow for sufficient time to identify and obtain the necessary commodities and other raw 
materials from an alternate source. We believe that the nature of the commodities and other raw materials used in our 
business are such that multiple sources are generally available in the market. 

Code Compliance 

Products representing a majority of our sales are subject to regulatory standards and code enforcement, which 
typically require that these products meet stringent performance criteria. Standards are established by such industry test 
and certification organizations as the American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME), the America Water Works 
Association (AWWA), the Canadian Standards Association (CSA), the International Code Council (ICC), the American 
Society of Sanitary Engineering (ASSE), the American National Standards Institute—Leadership in Energy & 
Environmental Design (LEED), the University of Southern California Foundation for Cross-Connection Control and 
Hydraulic Research (USC FCCC & HR), the International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (IAPMO), 
FM Global (FM), NSF International (NSF) and Underwriters Laboratories (UL), the National Board (NB), the 
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), and the Californian Energy Commission (CEC). Many of these standards are 
incorporated into state and municipal plumbing and heating, building and fire protection codes. 

National regulatory standards in Europe vary by country. The major standards and/or guidelines that our 

products must meet are AFNOR (France), DVGW (Germany), UNI/ICIM (Italy), KIWA (Netherlands), SVGW 
(Switzerland), SITAC (Sweden), WRAS (United Kingdom) and CEN (Denmark). Further, there are local regulatory 
standards requiring compliance as well. 

Together with our commissioned manufacturers’ representatives, we have consistently advocated for the 

development and enforcement of plumbing codes. We maintain stringent quality control and testing procedures at each 
of our manufacturing facilities in order to manufacture products that comply with code requirements. We believe that 
product-testing capability and investment in plant and equipment are needed to manufacture products that comply with 
code requirements. Our product-testing capabilities and dedicated investments are areas of strength for the Company. 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Additionally, a majority of our manufacturing facilities are ISO 9000, 9001 or 9002 certified by the International 
Organization for Standardization. 

New Product Development and Engineering 

We retain our own product development staff, design teams, and testing laboratories in Americas, EMEA and 
Asia-Pacific that work to enhance our existing products and develop new products. We maintain sophisticated product 
development and testing laboratories and are committed to investing more in this area. In 2015, we re-engineered our 
new product development process and rolled out a uniform global program.  In 2016, we continued to focus on our 
global program and expect it to drive innovation to our markets more effectively. Research and development costs 
included in selling, general, and administrative expense amounted to $26.5 million, $23.5 million and $22.5 million for 
the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. 

Competition 

The domestic and international markets for safety & regulation, energy efficiency and water conservation 
devices are intensely competitive and require us to compete against some companies possessing greater financial, 
marketing and other resources than ours. Due to the breadth of our product offerings, the number and identities of our 
competitors vary by product line and market. We consider quality, brand preference, delivery times, engineering 
specifications, plumbing code requirements, price, technological expertise, breadth of product offerings and integrated 
solutions offerings to be the primary competitive factors. We believe that new product development and product 
engineering are also important to success in the water industry and that our position in the industry is attributable in part 
to our ability to develop new and innovative products quickly and to adapt and enhance existing products. We continue 
to develop new and innovative products to enhance our market position and are continuing to implement manufacturing 
and design programs to reduce costs. We cannot be certain that our efforts to develop new products will be successful or 
that our customers will accept our new products. Although we own certain patents and trademarks that we consider to be 
of importance, we do not believe that our business and competitiveness as a whole are dependent on any one of our 
patents or trademarks or on patent or trademark protection generally. 

Backlog 

Backlog was approximately $83.2 million at January 29, 2017 and approximately $88.6 million at February 5, 
2016. We do not believe that our backlog at any point in time is indicative of future operating results and we expect our 
entire current backlog to be converted to sales in 2017. 

Employees 

As of December 31, 2016, we employed approximately 4,800 people worldwide. With the exception of two 

subsidiaries, one in Canada and the other in New York, none of our employees in North America or Asia are covered by 
collective bargaining agreements. In some European countries, our employees are subject to traditional national 
collective bargaining agreements. We believe that our employee relations are good. 

Product Liability, Environmental and Other Litigation Matters 

We are subject to a variety of potential liabilities connected with our business operations, including potential 

liabilities and expenses associated with possible product defects or failures and compliance with environmental laws. We 
maintain product liability and other insurance coverage, which we believe to be generally in accordance with industry 
practices. Nonetheless, such insurance coverage may not be adequate to protect us fully against substantial damage 
claims. 

Contingencies 

Connector Class Actions 

In November and December 2014, Watts Water Technologies, Inc. and Watts Regulator Co. were named as 
defendants in three separate putative nationwide class action complaints (Meyers v. Watts Water Technologies, Inc., 
United States District Court for the Southern District of Ohio; Ponzo v. Watts Regulator Co., United States District 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Court for the District of Massachusetts; Sharp v. Watts Regulator Co., United States District Court for the District of 
Massachusetts) seeking to recover damages and other relief based on the alleged failure of water heater connectors. On 
June 26, 2015, plaintiffs in the three actions filed a consolidated amended complaint, under the case captioned Ponzo v. 
Watts Regulator Co., in the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts (hereinafter “Ponzo”). Watts 
Water Technologies was voluntarily dismissed from the Ponzo case. The complaint seeks among other items, damages 
in an unspecified amount, replacement costs, injunctive relief, declaratory relief, and attorneys’ fees and costs. On 
August 7, 2015, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the complaint, which motion was temporarily withdrawn 
pending final approval of the settlement.  After initial discovery was conducted the parties agreed to a mediation of all 
claims, which resulted in the below-referenced settlement. 

In February 2015, Watts Regulator Co. was named as a defendant in a putative nationwide class action 

complaint (Klug v. Watts Water Technologies, Inc., et al., United States District Court for the District of Nebraska) 
seeking to recover damages and other relief based on the alleged failure of the Company’s Floodsafe connectors 
(hereinafter “Klug”). On June 26, 2015, the Company filed a partial motion to dismiss the complaint.  In response, on 
July 17, 2015, plaintiff filed an amended complaint which added additional named plaintiffs and sought to correct 
deficiencies in the original complaint, Klug v. Watts Regulator Co., United States District Court for the District of 
Nebraska. The complaint seeks among other items, damages in an unspecified amount, injunctive relief, declaratory 
relief, and attorneys’ fees and costs. On July 31, 2015, the Company filed a partial motion to dismiss the complaint 
which was granted in part and denied in part on December 29, 2015.  The Company answered the amended complaint on 
February 2, 2016.  No formal discovery has yet been conducted. 

We participated in mediation sessions of the Ponzo and Klug cases in December 2015 and January 2016. On 
February 16, 2016, we reached an agreement in principle to settle all claims. The proposed total settlement amount is 
$14 million, of which we expect to pay approximately $4.1 million after insurance proceeds of up to $9.9 million. The 
parties executed final written settlement agreements in April 2016. Motions for preliminary approval of the settlements 
were submitted on May 4, 2016 before the District of Nebraska Federal Court. On December 7, 2016, the Court issued 
an order preliminarily approving the settlements.  The settlements are subject to final court approval after a fairness 
hearing set for April 12, 2017.  Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the proposed settlements will be approved in 
their current form. If the settlements are not approved, the Company intends to continue to vigorously contest the 
allegations in these cases. 

Environmental Remediation 

We have been named as a potentially responsible party with respect to a limited number of identified 
contaminated sites. The levels of contamination vary significantly from site to site as do the related levels of remediation 
efforts. Environmental liabilities are recorded based on the most probable cost, if known, or on the estimated minimum 
cost of remediation. Accruals are not discounted to their present value, unless the amount and timing of expenditures are 
fixed and reliably determinable. We accrue estimated environmental liabilities based on assumptions, which are subject 
to a number of factors and uncertainties. Circumstances that can affect the reliability and precision of these estimates 
include identification of additional sites, environmental regulations, level of clean-up required, technologies available, 
number and financial condition of other contributors to remediation and the time period over which remediation may 
occur. We recognize changes in estimates as new remediation requirements are defined or as new information becomes 
available. 

Asbestos Litigation 

We are defending approximately 332 lawsuits in different jurisdictions, alleging injury or death as a result of 

exposure to asbestos. The complaints in these cases typically name a large number of defendants and do not identify any 
of our particular products as a source of asbestos exposure. To date, discovery has failed to yield evidence of substantial 
exposure to any of our products and no judgments have been entered against us. 

Other Litigation 

Other lawsuits and proceedings or claims, arising from the ordinary course of operations, are also pending or 

threatened against us. 

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available Information 

We maintain a website with the address www.wattswater.com. The information contained on our website is not 
included as a part of, or incorporated by reference into, this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Other than an investor’s own 
internet access charges, we make available free of charge through our website our Annual Report on Form 10-K, 
quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to these reports, as soon as 
reasonably practicable after we have electronically filed such material with, or furnished such material to, the Securities 
and Exchange Commission (SEC). 

Executive Officers and Directors 

Set forth below are the names of our executive officers and directors, their respective ages and positions with 

our Company and a brief summary of their business experience for at least the past five years: 

Executive Officers 
Robert J. Pagano, Jr. 
Todd A. Trapp 
Jennifer L. Congdon 
Kenneth R. Lepage 

Elie A. Melhem 

53 

     Age       

Position 

54    Chief Executive Officer 
46    Chief Financial Officer 
47    Chief Human Resources Officer 
46 

General Counsel, Executive Vice President & 
Secretary 
President, Asia-Pacific, the Middle East & 
Africa 

Munish Nanda 
Non-Employee Directors 
Robert L. Ayers(2)(3) 
Bernard Baert(1)(3) 
Richard J. Cathcart(2)(3) 
Christopher L. Conway(2)(3) 
David A. Dunbar(1)(3) 
Jes Munk Hansen(2)(3) 
W. Craig Kissel(3) 
Joseph T. Noonan 
Merilee Raines(1)(3) 
Joseph W. Reitmeier(1)(3) 

52    President, Americas & Europe 

71    Director 
67    Director 
72    Director 
61    Director 
55    Director 
49    Director 
66    Chairman of the Board and Director 
35    Director 
61    Director 
52    Director 

(1)  Member of the Audit Committee 

(2)  Member of the Compensation Committee 

(3)  Member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee 

Robert J. Pagano, Jr. has served as Chief Executive Officer and President of our Company since May 2014. He 
also served as interim Chief Financial Officer from October 2014 to April 2015. Mr. Pagano previously served as Senior 
Vice President of ITT Corporation and President, ITT Industrial Process from April 2009 to May 2014. Mr. Pagano 
originally joined ITT in 1997 and served in several additional management roles during his career at ITT, including as 
Vice President Finance, Corporate Controller, and President of Industrial Products. ITT Corporation is a diversified 
manufacturer of highly engineered critical components and customized technology solutions for the energy, 
transportation and industrial markets. Prior to joining ITT, Mr. Pagano worked at KPMG LLP. Mr. Pagano is a Certified 
Public Accountant. 

Todd A. Trapp has served as Chief Financial Officer since April 2015. Mr. Trapp previously served as Vice 

President of Financial Planning & Analysis of Honeywell International Inc. from August 2013 to April 2015. Mr. Trapp 
originally joined Honeywell in 2002 and served in several senior financial roles, including as Chief Financial Officer of 
the Airlines Business Unit from November 2010 to August 2013, Vice President of Business Analysis & Planning for 
Honeywell’s Aerospace Division from 2008 to November 2010, Director of Finance for the Transportation Systems 
Division from 2006 to 2008, Director of Business Analysis & Planning from 2005 to 2006, Investor Relations Manager 

8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
from 2003 to 2005 and Senior Financial Analyst from 2002 to 2003. Honeywell is a Fortune 100 diversified technology 
and manufacturing leader, serving customers worldwide with aerospace products and services; control technologies for 
buildings, homes and industry; turbochargers; and performance materials. Prior to joining Honeywell, Mr. Trapp worked 
as Assistant Treasurer at United Business Media Inc. and Manager of Treasury Services and Special Projects at 
Pearson Inc. 

Jennifer L. Congdon has served as Chief Human Resources Officer since December 2016.  Ms. Congdon 
previously served as Vice President, Human Resources, Applied Water Systems and Business Transformation and 
Continuous Improvement with Xylem Inc. from August 2012 to December 2016.  Xylem is a global designer, 
manufacturer and equipment and service provider for water and wastewater applications.  From 2010 to August 2012, 
Ms. Congdon served as Vice President, Human Resources, Power Transmission for Rexnord Corporation.  Rexnord 
Corporation is a multi-industry manufacturer and marketer of highly engineered mechanical power transmission 
components and water management products.  From 2004 to 2010, Ms. Congdon held several human resources 
management positions of increasing responsibility with Honeywell International Inc.  Prior to joining Honeywell, Ms. 
Congdon was a Human Resources Manager with Cisco Systems, Inc. and worked as a human resources consultant. 

Kenneth R. Lepage has served as General Counsel, Executive Vice President and Secretary of the Company 
since August 2008. He also served as Executive Vice President of Human Resources from December 2009 to October 
2015. Mr. Lepage originally joined our Company in September 2003 as Assistant General Counsel and Assistant 
Secretary. Prior to joining our Company, he was a junior partner at the law firm of Hale and Dorr LLP (now Wilmer 
Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP). 

Elie A. Melhem has served as President, Asia-Pacific, Middle East & Africa since February 2016. Mr. Melhem 

originally joined our Company in July 2011 as President, Asia-Pacific. Mr. Melhem was previously the Managing 
Director of China for Ariston Thermo Group, a global manufacturer of heating and hot water products, from 2008 to July 
2011. Prior to joining Ariston, Mr. Melhem spent eleven years with ITT Industries in China where he held several 
management positions, including serving as President of ITT’s Residential and Commercial Water Group in China and 
President of ITT’s Water Technology Group in Asia. 

Munish Nanda has served as President, Americas & Europe since February 2016. Mr. Nanda originally joined 
our Company in April 2015 as President, Americas. Mr. Nanda previously served as President of Control Technologies 
for ITT Corporation from April 2011 to March 2015. Mr. Nanda also served as Group Vice President of ITT 
Corporation’s Fluid and Motion Control Group from April 2008 to April 2011. ITT Corporation is a diversified 
manufacturer of highly engineered critical components and customized technology solutions for the energy, 
transportation and industrial markets. Prior to joining ITT Corporation, Mr. Nanda held several operating leadership and 
general management positions with Thermo Fisher Scientific Corporation and Honeywell International Inc. 

Robert L. Ayers has served as a director of our Company since October 2006. He was Senior Vice President of 
ITT Industries and President of ITT Industries’ Fluid Technology from October 1999 until September 2005. Mr. Ayers 
continued to be employed by ITT Industries from September 2005 until his retirement in September 2006, during which 
time he focused on special projects for the company. Mr. Ayers joined ITT Industries in 1998 as President of ITT 
Industries’ Industrial Pump Group. Before joining ITT Industries, he was President of Sulzer Industrial USA and Chief 
Executive Officer of Sulzer Bingham, a pump manufacturer. Mr. Ayers served as a director of T-3 Energy Services, Inc. 
from August 2007 to January 2011. 

Bernard Baert has served as a director of our Company since August 2011. Mr. Baert served as Senior Vice 
President and President, Europe and International of PolyOne Corporation from January 2010 until his retirement in 
April 2012. Mr. Baert served as Senior Vice President and General Manager, Color and Engineered Materials—Europe 
and China for PolyOne Corporation from 2006 to December 2009 and as Vice President and General Manager, Color 
and Engineered Materials—Europe and China from 2000 to 2006. From 1995 to September 2000, Mr. Baert was 
General Manager, Color—Europe for M.A. Hanna Company, the predecessor to PolyOne Corporation. PolyOne 
Corporation is a worldwide provider of specialty polymer materials, services and solutions. Prior to joining M.A. Hanna, 
Mr. Baert was General Manager, Europe for Hexcel Corporation and spent 17 years with Owens Corning where he 
served as a plant manager and held various positions in the areas of cost control and production. On December 9, 2016, 
Mr. Baert informed us of his decision not to stand for re-election to our Board of Directors at our 2017 Annual Meeting 
of Stockholders. 

9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Richard J. Cathcart has served as a director of our Company since October 2007. He was Vice Chairman and a 
member of the Board of Directors of Pentair, Inc. from February 2005 until his retirement in September 2007. Pentair is 
a diversified manufacturing company consisting of three operating segments: Flow & Filtration Solutions, Water Quality 
Systems and Technical Solutions. He was appointed President and Chief Operating Officer of Pentair’s Water Quality 
Systems group in January 2001 and served in that capacity until his appointment as Vice Chairman in February 2005. He 
began his career at Pentair in March 1995 as Executive Vice President, Corporate Development, where he identified 
water as a strategic area of growth. In February 1996, he was named Executive Vice President and President of Pentair’s 
Water Technologies Group. Prior to joining Pentair, he held several management and business development positions 
during his 20-year career with Honeywell International Inc. He is a director of Fluidra S.A., an international 
manufacturer of accessories and products for swimming pools, irrigation, and water treatment and purification systems. 

Christopher L. Conway has served as a director of our Company since June 2015. Mr. Conway is currently 

President and Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of CLARCOR Inc. Mr. Conway has been employed 
by CLARCOR or its affiliates since 2006, when he was named Vice President of Manufacturing of Baldwin Filters, Inc., 
an affiliate of CLARCOR. In September 2007, Mr. Conway was promoted to the position of President of Facet 
USA, Inc., another affiliate of CLARCOR. He was then named President of CLARCOR’s PECOFacet division in 
December 2007 and continued in that role until being named as President and Chief Operating Officer of CLARCOR in 
May 2010. In December 2011, Mr. Conway assumed the position of President and Chief Executive Officer of 
CLARCOR. CLARCOR is a diversified marketer and manufacturer of mobile, industrial and environmental filtration 
products sold in domestic and international markets. Prior to joining CLARCOR or its affiliates, Mr. Conway served for 
two years as the Chief Operating Officer of Cortron Corporation, Inc., a small manufacturing start-up based in 
Minneapolis, Minnesota. Mr. Conway also served for seven years in various management positions at Pentair, Inc., an 
international provider of products, services, and solutions for its customers’ diverse needs in water and other fluids, 
thermal management, and equipment protection. 

David A. Dunbar has served as a director of our Company since February 2017.  Mr. Dunbar has served as 
President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of the Board of Directors of Standex International Corporation 
since January 2014.  Standex is a global, multi-industry manufacturer in five broad business segments: Food Service 
Equipment Group, Engineering Technologies Group, Engraving Group, Electronics Group, and Hydraulics Group.  Mr. 
Dunbar previously served as President of the valves and controls global business unit of Pentair Ltd. from October 2009 
to December 2013.  The unit was initially owned by Tyco Flow Control and Tyco Flow Control and Pentair merged in 
2012. Pentair is a global provider of products and services relating to energy, water, thermal management and equipment 
protection. Prior to his tenure at Pentair, Mr. Dunbar held a number of senior positions at Emerson Electric Co., 
including President of each of the following: Emerson Process Management Europe; Machinery Health Management; 
and Emerson Climate Technologies Refrigeration. 

Jes Munk Hansen has served as a director of our Company since February 2017.  Mr. Hansen has served as 

Chief Executive Officer of LEDVANCE GmbH since July 2015.  LEDVANCE is the general lighting lamps business 
unit of OSRAM GmbH.  Mr. Hansen previously served as Chief Executive Officer of the classical lamps and ballast 
business unit of OSRAM from January 2015 to July 2015 and as Chief Executive Officer of OSRAM Americas and 
President of OSRAM Sylvania from October 2013 to January 2015.  OSRAM is a leading global lighting manufacturer. 
Prior to his tenure at OSRAM, Mr. Hansen served in several senior management roles with Grundfos from 2000 to 
October 2013, including as Chief Executive Officer and President of Grundfos North America from 2007 to October 
2013. Grundfos is a leading global manufacturer of pumps as well as motors and electronics for monitoring and 
controlling pumps. 

W. Craig Kissel has served as a director of our Company since November 2011. Mr. Kissel previously was 

employed by American Standard Companies Inc. from 1980 until his retirement in September, 2008. American Standard 
was a leading worldwide supplier of air conditioning and heating systems, vehicle control systems, and bathroom china 
and faucet-ware. During his time at American Standard, Mr. Kissel served as President of Trane Commercial Systems 
from 2004 to June, 2008, President of WABCO Vehicle Control Systems from 1998 to 2003, President of the Trane 
North American Unitary Products Group from 1994 to 1997, Vice President of Trane Marketing of the North American 
Unitary Products Group from 1992 to 1994 and he held various other management positions at Trane from 1980 to 1991. 
From 2001 to 2008, Mr. Kissel served as Chairman of American Standard’s Corporate Ethics and Integrity Council, 
which was responsible for developing the company’s ethical business standards. Mr. Kissel also served in the U.S. Navy 
from 1973 to 1978. Mr. Kissel has served as a director of Chicago Bridge & Iron Company since May 2009. Chicago 
Bridge & Iron Company engineers and constructs some of the world’s largest energy infrastructure projects. 

10 

 
 
 
 
Joseph T. Noonan has served as a director of our Company since May 2013. Mr. Noonan has served as Chief 

Executive Officer of Homespun Design, Inc. since November 2013. Homespun Design is a start-up phase online retailer 
of American-made furniture and design founded by Mr. Noonan. Mr. Noonan previously worked as an independent 
digital strategy consultant from November 2012 to November 2013. Mr. Noonan was employed by Wayfair LLC from 
April 2008 to November 2012. During his time at Wayfair, Mr. Noonan served as Senior Director of Wayfair 
International from June 2011 to November 2012, Director of Category Management and Merchandising from February 
2009 to June 2011 and Manager of Wayfair’s Business-to-Business Division from April 2008 to February 2009. Wayfair 
is an online retailer of home furnishings, décor and home improvement products. Prior to joining Wayfair, Mr. Noonan 
worked as a venture capitalist at Polaris Partners and as an investment banker at Cowen & Company. 

Merilee Raines has served as a director of our Company since February 2011. Ms. Raines served as Chief 

Financial Officer of IDEXX Laboratories, Inc. from October 2003 until her retirement in May 2013. Prior to becoming 
Chief Financial Officer, Ms. Raines held several management positions with IDEXX Laboratories, including Corporate 
Vice President of Finance, Vice President and Treasurer of Finance, Director of Finance, and Controller. IDEXX 
Laboratories develops, manufactures and distributes diagnostic and information technology-based products and services 
for companion animals, livestock, poultry, water quality and food safety, and human point-of-care diagnostics. Ms. 
Raines served as a member of the Board of Directors of Affymetrix, Inc., a provider of life science and molecular 
diagnostic products that enable analysis of biological systems at the gene, protein and cell level, from January 2015 until 
it was acquired in March 2016.  Ms. Raines is a member of the Board of Directors of Aratana Therapeutics, Inc., a pet 
therapeutics company focused on licensing, developing and commercializing biopharmaceutical products for companion 
animals. 

Joseph W. Reitmeier has served as a director of our Company since February 2016. Mr. Reitmeier has served as 

Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer of Lennox International Inc. since July 2012. Mr. Reitmeier had 
served as Vice President of Finance for the LII Commercial business segment of Lennox International from 2007 to July 
2012 and as Director of Internal Audit from 2005 to 2007. Lennox International is a leading global provider of climate 
control solutions and designs, manufactures and markets a broad range of products for the heating, ventilation, air 
conditioning and refrigeration markets. Before joining Lennox International, Mr. Reitmeier held financial leadership 
roles at Cummins Inc. and PolyOne Corporation. 

Item 1A.   RISK FACTORS. 

Economic cycles, particularly those involving reduced levels of commercial and residential starts and remodeling, 
may have adverse effects on our revenues and operating results. 

We have experienced and expect to continue to experience fluctuations in revenues and operating results due to 
economic and business cycles. The businesses of most of our customers, particularly plumbing and heating wholesalers 
and OEM manufacturers, are cyclical. Therefore, the level of our business activity has been cyclical, fluctuating with 
economic cycles. An economic downturn may also affect the financial stability of our customers, which could affect 
their ability to pay amounts owed to their vendors, including us. We also believe our level of business activity is 
influenced by commercial and residential starts and renovation and remodeling, which are, in turn, heavily influenced by 
interest rates, consumer debt levels, changes in disposable income, employment growth and consumer confidence. Credit 
market conditions may prevent commercial and residential builders or developers from obtaining the necessary capital to 
continue existing projects or to start new projects. This may result in the delay or cancellation of orders from our 
customers or potential customers and may adversely affect our revenues and our ability to manage inventory levels, 
collect customer receivables and maintain profitability. If economic conditions worsen in the future or if economic 
recovery were to dissipate, our revenues and profits could decrease or trigger additional goodwill, indefinite-lived 
intangible assets, or long-lived asset impairments and could have a material effect on our financial condition and results 
of operations. 

We face intense competition and, if we are not able to respond to competition in our markets, our revenues and 
profits may decrease. 

Competitive pressures in our markets could adversely affect our competitive position, leading to a possible loss 

of market share or a decrease in prices, either of which could result in decreased revenues and profits. We encounter 
intense competition in all areas of our business. Additionally, we believe our customers are attempting to reduce the 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
number of vendors from which they purchase in order to reduce the size and diversity of their inventories and their 
transaction costs. To remain competitive, we will need to invest continually in manufacturing, product development, 
marketing, customer service and support and our distribution networks. We may not have sufficient resources to 
continue to make such investments and we may be unable to maintain our competitive position. In addition, we 
anticipate that we may have to reduce the prices of some of our products to stay competitive, potentially resulting in a 
reduction in the profit margin for, and inventory valuation of, these products. Some of our competitors are based in 
foreign countries and have cost structures and prices in foreign currencies. Accordingly, currency fluctuations could 
cause our U.S. dollar costed products to be less competitive than our competitors’ products costed in other currencies. 

Changes in the costs of raw materials could reduce our profit margins. Reductions or interruptions in the supply of 
components or finished goods from international sources could adversely affect our ability to meet our customer 
delivery commitments. 

We require substantial amounts of raw materials, including bronze, brass, cast iron, stainless steel and plastic, 

and substantially all of the raw materials we require are purchased from outside sources. The costs of raw materials may 
be subject to change due to, among other things, interruptions in production by suppliers and changes in exchange rates 
and worldwide price and demand levels. We typically do not enter into long-term supply agreements. Our inability to 
obtain supplies of raw materials for our products at favorable costs could have a material adverse effect on our business, 
financial condition or results of operations by decreasing our profit margins. The commodity markets have experienced 
tremendous volatility over the past several years, particularly copper. Should commodity costs increase substantially, we 
may not be able to recover such costs, through selling price increases to our customers or other product cost reductions, 
which would have a negative effect on our financial results. If commodity costs decline, we may experience pressure 
from customers to reduce our selling prices. Additionally, we continue to purchase increased levels of components and 
finished goods from international sources. In limited cases, these components or finished goods are single-sourced. The 
availability of components and finished goods from international sources could be adversely impacted by, among other 
things, interruptions in production by suppliers, suppliers’ allocations to other purchasers and new laws, tariffs, or 
regulations. 

Changes in regulations or standards could adversely affect our business 

Our products and business are subject to a wide variety of statutory, regulatory and industry standards and 
requirements. A significant change to regulatory requirements, whether federal, foreign, state or local, or to industry 
standards, could substantially increase manufacturing costs, impact the size and timing of demand for our products, or 
put us at a competitive disadvantage, any of which could harm our business and have a material adverse effect on our 
financial condition, results of operations and cash flow. 

Implementation of our acquisition strategy may not be successful, which could affect our ability to increase our 
revenues or our profitability. 

One of our strategies is to increase our revenues and profitability and expand our business through acquisitions 
that will provide us with complementary products and increase market share for our existing product lines. We cannot be 
certain that we will be able to identify, acquire or profitably manage additional companies or successfully integrate such 
additional companies without substantial costs, delays or other problems. Also, companies acquired recently and in the 
future may not achieve anticipated revenues, cost synergies, profitability or cash flows that justify our investment in 
them. We have faced increasing competition for acquisition candidates, which has resulted in significant increases in the 
purchase prices of many acquisition candidates. This competition, and the resulting purchase price increases, may limit 
the number of acquisition opportunities available to us, possibly leading to a decrease in the rate of growth of our 
revenues and profitability. In addition, acquisitions may involve a number of risks, including, but not limited to: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

inadequate internal controls over financial reporting and our ability to bring such controls into compliance 
with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 in a timely manner; 

adverse short-term effects on our reported operating results; 

diversion of management’s attention; 

investigations of, or challenges to, acquisitions by competition authorities; 

12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
• 

• 

• 

loss of key personnel at acquired companies; 

unanticipated management or operational problems or legal liabilities; and 

potential goodwill, indefinite-lived intangible assets, or long- lived asset impairment charges. 

We are subject to risks related to product defects, which could result in product recalls and could subject us to 
warranty claims in excess of our warranty provisions or which are greater than anticipated due to the 
unenforceability of liability limitations. 

We maintain strict quality controls and procedures, including the testing of raw materials and safety testing of 

selected finished products. However, we cannot be certain that our testing will reveal latent defects in our products or the 
materials from which they are made, which may not become apparent until after the products have been sold into the 
market. We also cannot be certain that our suppliers will always eliminate latent defects in products we purchase from 
them. Accordingly, there is a risk that product defects will occur, which could require a product recall. Product recalls 
can be expensive to implement and, if a product recall occurs during the product’s warranty period, we may be required 
to replace the defective product. In addition, a product recall may damage our relationship with our customers and we 
may lose market share with our customers. Our insurance policies may not cover the costs of a product recall. 

Our standard warranties contain limits on damages and exclusions of liability for consequential damages and 
for misuse, improper installation, alteration, accident or mishandling while in the possession of someone other than us. 
We may incur additional operating expenses if our warranty provision does not reflect the actual cost of resolving issues 
related to defects in our products. If these additional expenses are significant, it could adversely affect our business, 
financial condition and results of operations. 

We face risks from product liability and other lawsuits, which may adversely affect our business. 

We have been and expect to continue to be subject to various product liability claims or other lawsuits, 
including, among others, that our products include inadequate or improper instructions for use or installation, inadequate 
warnings concerning the effects of the failure of our products, alleged manufacturing or design defects, or allegations 
that our products contained asbestos. If we do not have adequate insurance or contractual indemnification, damages from 
these claims would have to be paid from our assets and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, 
liquidity and financial condition. Like other manufacturers and distributors of products designed to control and regulate 
fluids and gases, we face an inherent risk of exposure to product liability claims and other lawsuits in the event that the 
use of our products results in personal injury, property damage or business interruption to our customers. We cannot be 
certain that our products will be completely free from defect. In addition, in certain cases, we rely on third-party 
manufacturers for our products or components of our products. We cannot be certain that our insurance coverage will 
continue to be available to us at a reasonable cost, or, if available, will be adequate to cover any such liabilities. For 
more information, see “Item 1. Business—Product Liability, Environmental and Other Litigation Matters.” 

Economic and other risks associated with international sales and operations could adversely affect our business and 
future operating results. 

Since we sell and manufacture our products worldwide, our business is subject to risks associated with doing 
business internationally. Our business and future operating results could be harmed by a variety of factors, including: 

• 

• 

• 

unexpected geo-political events in foreign countries in which we operate, which could adversely affect 
manufacturing and our ability to fulfill customer orders; 

our inability to comply with anti-corruption laws and regulations of the U.S. government and various 
international jurisdictions, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the United Kingdom’s 
Bribery Act of 2010; 

trade protection measures and import or export duties or licensing requirements, which could increase our 
costs of doing business internationally; 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

potentially negative consequences from changes in tax laws, which could have an adverse impact on our 
profits; 

difficulty in staffing and managing widespread operations, which could reduce our productivity; 

costs of compliance with differing labor regulations, especially in connection with restructuring our 
overseas operations; 

laws of some foreign countries, which may not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as 
the laws of the U.S.; 

unexpected changes in regulatory requirements, which may be costly and require time to implement; and 

foreign exchange rate fluctuations, which could also materially affect our reported results. A portion of our 
sales and certain portions of our costs, assets and liabilities are denominated in currencies other than U.S. 
dollars, and the percentage of our revenues denominated in a particular currency may not match the 
percentage of our expenses denominated in that currency. Approximately 40% of our sales during the year 
ended December 31, 2016 were from sales outside of the U.S. compared to 38.1% and 43.9% for the years 
ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. We cannot predict whether currencies such as the euro, 
Canadian dollar, Chinese yuan, or other currencies in which we transact will appreciate or depreciate 
against the U.S. dollar in future periods or whether future foreign exchange rate fluctuations will have a 
positive or negative impact on our reported results. 

Our ability to achieve savings through our restructuring and business transformation activities may be adversely 
affected by management’s ability to fully execute the plans as a result of local regulations, geo-political risk or other 
factors within or beyond the control of management. 

We have implemented a number of restructuring and business transformation activities, which include steps that 
we believe are necessary to enhance the value and performance of the Company, including reducing operating costs and 
increasing efficiencies throughout our manufacturing, sales and distribution footprint. Factors within or beyond the 
control of management may change the total estimated costs or the timing of when the savings will be achieved under 
the plans. Further, if we are not successful in completing the restructuring or business transformation activities timely or 
if additional or unanticipated issues such as labor disruptions, inability to retain key personnel during and after the 
transformation or higher exit costs arise, our expected cost savings may not be met and our operating results could be 
negatively affected. In addition, our restructuring and transformation activities may place substantial demands on our 
management, which could lead to diversion of management’s attention from other business priorities and result in a 
reduced customer focus. 

Future operating results could be negatively affected by the resolution of various uncertain tax positions and by 
potential changes to tax incentives. 

In the ordinary course of our business, there are many transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax 

determination is uncertain. Significant judgment is required in determining our worldwide provision for income taxes. 
We periodically assess our exposures related to our worldwide provision for income taxes and believe that we have 
appropriately accrued taxes for contingencies. Any reduction of these contingent liabilities or additional assessment 
would increase or decrease income, respectively, in the period such determination was made. Our income tax filings are 
regularly under audit by tax authorities and the final determination of tax audits could be materially different than that 
which is reflected in historical income tax provisions and accruals. As issues arise during tax audits we adjust our tax 
accrual accordingly. Additionally, we benefit from certain tax incentives offered by various jurisdictions. If certain tax 
incentives were discontinued or if we are unable to meet the requirements of such incentives, our inability to use these 
benefits could have a material negative effect on future earnings. 

We are currently a decentralized company, which presents certain risks. 

We are currently a decentralized company, which sometimes places significant control and decision-making 

powers in the hands of local management. This presents various risks such as the risk of being slower to identify or react 
to problems affecting a key business. Additionally, we are implementing in a phased approach a company-wide initiative 

14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
to standardize and upgrade our enterprise resource planning (ERP) systems. This initiative could be more challenging 
and costly to implement because divergent legacy systems currently exist. Further, if the ERP updates are not successful, 
we could incur substantial business interruption, including our ability to perform routine business transactions, which 
could have a material adverse effect on our financial results. 

Our business and financial performance may be adversely affected by information technology and other business 
disruptions. 

Our business may be impacted by disruptions, including information technology attacks or failures, threats to 
physical security, as well as damaging weather or other acts of nature, pandemics or other public health crises. Cyber 
security attacks, in particular, are evolving and include, but are not limited to, malicious software, attempts to gain 
unauthorized access to data, and other electronic security breaches that could lead to disruptions in systems, 
unauthorized release of confidential or otherwise protected information and corruption of data. We have experienced 
cyber security attacks and may continue to experience them going forward, potentially with more frequency. Given the 
unpredictability of the timing, nature and scope of such disruptions, we could potentially be subject to production 
downtimes, operational delays, other detrimental impacts on our operations or ability to provide products to our 
customers, the compromising of confidential or otherwise protected information, misappropriation, destruction or 
corruption of data, security breaches, other manipulation or improper use of our systems or networks, financial losses 
from remedial actions, loss of business or potential liability, and/or damage to our reputation, any of which could have a 
material adverse effect on our competitive position, results of operations, cash flows or financial condition. 

The requirements to evaluate goodwill, indefinite-lived intangible assets and long-lived assets for impairment may 
result in a write-off of all or a portion of our recorded amounts, which would negatively affect our operating results 
and financial condition. 

As of December 31, 2016, our balance sheet included goodwill, indefinite-lived intangible assets, amortizable 

intangible assets and property, plant and equipment of $532.7 million, $35.3 million, $167.2 million and $189.7 million, 
respectively. In lieu of amortization, we are required to perform an annual impairment review of both goodwill and 
indefinite-lived intangible assets. In performing our annual reviews in 2016, 2015 and 2014, we recognized pre-tax 
non-cash indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment charges of approximately $0.4 million, $0.6 million and 
$1.3 million, respectively. In 2016, none of our reporting units were impaired. In 2015 and 2014, we did recognize 
pre-tax non-cash goodwill impairment charges of $129.7 million and $12.9 million, respectively. The $129.7 million 
charge in 2015 related to an impairment within the EMEA reporting unit and represented approximately 74% of the 
reporting unit’s goodwill balance. The $12.9 million charge in 2014 related to a full impairment within the Asia-Pacific 
reporting unit. We are also required to perform an impairment review of our long-lived assets if indicators of impairment 
exist. In 2016, we recognized a pre-tax non-cash charge of $0.1 million, and we recognized a pre-tax non-cash charge of 
$0.3 million in 2015. There were no impairments recognized in 2014.  

There can be no assurances that future goodwill, indefinite-lived intangible assets or other long-lived asset 

impairments will not occur. We perform our annual test for indications of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets 
impairment in the fourth quarter of our fiscal year or sooner if indicators of impairment exist. 

The loss or financial instability of major customers could have an adverse effect on our results of operations. 

In 2016, our top ten customers accounted for approximately 20% of our total net sales with no one customer 

accounting for more than 10% of our total net sales. Our customers generally are not obligated to purchase any minimum 
volume of products from us and are able to terminate their relationships with us at any time. In addition, increases in the 
prices of our products could result in a reduction in orders from our customers. A significant reduction in orders from, or 
change in terms of contracts with, any significant customers could have a material adverse effect on our future results of 
operations.  

Certain indebtedness may limit our ability to pay dividends, incur additional debt and make acquisitions and other 
investments. 

Our revolving credit facility and other senior indebtedness contain operational and financial covenants that 

restrict our ability to make distributions to stockholders, incur additional debt and make acquisitions and other 
investments unless we satisfy certain financial tests and comply with various financial ratios. If we do not maintain 

15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
compliance with these covenants, our creditors could declare a default under our revolving credit facility or senior notes 
and our indebtedness could be declared immediately due and payable. Our ability to comply with the provisions of our 
indebtedness may be affected by changes in economic or business conditions beyond our control. Further, one of our 
strategies is to increase our revenues and profitability and expand our business through acquisitions. We may require 
capital in excess of our available cash and the unused portion of our revolving credit facility to make large acquisitions, 
which we would generally obtain from access to the credit markets. There can be no assurance that if a large acquisition 
is identified that we would have access to sufficient capital to complete such acquisition. Should we require additional 
debt financing above our existing credit limit, we cannot be assured such financing would be available to us or available 
to us on reasonable economic terms. 

One of our stockholders can exercise substantial influence over our Company. 

As of January 30, 2017, Timothy P. Horne beneficially owned 6,329,290 shares of Class B common stock and 
no shares of Class A common stock. Our Class B common stock entitles its holders to ten votes for each share and our 
Class A common stock entitles its holders to one vote per share. As of January 30, 2017, Timothy P. Horne beneficially 
owned approximately 18.5% of our outstanding shares of Class A common stock (assuming conversion of all shares of 
Class B common stock beneficially owned by Mr. Horne into Class A common stock) and approximately 99.2% of our 
outstanding shares of Class B common stock, which represents approximately 69.1% of the total outstanding voting 
power. As long as Mr. Horne controls shares representing at least a majority of the total voting power of our outstanding 
stock, Mr. Horne will be able to unilaterally determine the outcome of most stockholder votes, and other stockholders 
will not be able to affect the outcome of any such votes. 

Conversion and sale of a significant number of shares of our Class B common stock could adversely affect the market 
price of our Class A common stock. 

As of January 27, 2017, there were outstanding 27,811,140 shares of our Class A common stock and 6,379,290 

shares of our Class B common stock. Shares of our Class B common stock may be converted into Class A common 
stock at any time on a one for one basis. Under the terms of a registration rights agreement with respect to outstanding 
shares of our Class B common stock, the holders of our Class B common stock have rights with respect to the 
registration of the underlying Class A common stock. Under these registration rights, the holders of Class B common 
stock may require, on up to two occasions that we register their shares for public resale. If we are eligible to use 
Form S-3 or a similar short-form registration statement, the holders of Class B common stock may require that we 
register their shares for public resale up to two times per year. If we elect to register any shares of Class A common 
stock for any public offering, the holders of Class B common stock are entitled to include shares of Class A common 
stock into which such shares of Class B common stock may be converted in such registration. However, we may reduce 
the number of shares proposed to be registered in view of market conditions. We will pay all expenses in connection 
with any registration, other than underwriting discounts and commissions. If all of the available registered shares are 
sold into the public market the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline. 

Item 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS. 

None. 

Item 2.   PROPERTIES. 

We maintain 30 principal manufacturing, warehouse and distribution centers worldwide, including our 
corporate headquarters located in North Andover, Massachusetts. Additionally, we maintain numerous sales offices and 
other smaller manufacturing facilities and warehouses. The principal properties in each of our three geographic segments 
and their location, principal use and ownership status are set forth below: 

16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Americas: 

Location 
North Andover, MA 
Burlington, ON, Canada 
Export, PA 
Franklin, NH 
St. Pauls, NC 
Fort Worth, TX 
San Antonio, TX 
Spindale, NC 
Blauvelt, NY 
Peoria, AZ 
Reno, NV 
Vernon, BC, Canada 
Woodland, CA 

Europe, Middle East and Africa: 

Location 
Biassono, Italy 
Hautvillers, France 
Landau, Germany 
Mery, France 
Plovdiv, Bulgaria 
Sorgues, France 
Vildbjerg, Denmark 
Virey-le-Grand, France 
Amsterdam, Netherlands 
Gardolo, Italy 
Monastir, Tunisia 
Rosières, France 
St. Neots, United Kingdom 

Asia-Pacific: 

Location 
Ningbo, Beilun, China 
Shanghai, China 
Ningbo, Beilun District, China 
Auckland, New Zealand 

Principal Use 

  Corporate Headquarters 
  Distribution Center 
  Manufacturing 
  Manufacturing/Distribution  
  Manufacturing 
  Manufacturing/Distribution  
  Warehouse/Distribution 
  Distribution Center 
  Manufacturing/Distribution  
  Manufacturing/Distribution  
  Distribution Center 
  Manufacturing/Distribution  
  Manufacturing 

     Owned/Leased 
Owned 
Owned 
Owned 
Owned 
Owned 
Owned 
Owned 
Owned 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 

Principal Use 
  Manufacturing/Distribution  
  Manufacturing 
  Manufacturing/Distribution  
  Manufacturing 
  Manufacturing 
  Distribution Center 
  Manufacturing/Distribution  
  Manufacturing/Distribution  
  EMEA Headquarters 
  Manufacturing 
  Manufacturing 
  Manufacturing/Distribution  
  Manufacturing/Distribution  

     Owned/Leased 
Owned 
Owned 
Owned 
Owned 
Owned 
Owned 
Owned 
Owned 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 

Principal Use 

  Manufacturing 
  Asia-Pacific Headquarters   
  Distribution Center 
  Manufacturing/Distribution  

     Owned/Leased 
Owned 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 

Certain of our facilities are subject to mortgages and collateral assignments under loan agreements with 

long-term lenders. In general, we believe that our properties, including machinery, tools and equipment, are in good 
condition, well maintained and adequate and suitable for their intended uses. 

Item 3.   LEGAL PROCEEDINGS. 

We are from time to time involved in various legal and administrative proceedings. See Item 1. “Business—
Product Liability, Environmental and Other Litigation Matters,” and Note 14 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial 
Statements, both of which are incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 4.  MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES. 

Not applicable. 

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II 

Item 5.   MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND 

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES. 

The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices of our Class A common stock on the New York 

Stock Exchange during 2016 and 2015 and cash dividends declared per share. 

First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 

2016 
     Low 

2015 
     Low 

      High 
     Dividend  
    Dividend      High 
  $ 55.70   $ 44.94   $  0.17   $ 64.16   $  52.16   $  0.15  
    0.17  
    0.17  
    0.17  

   52.03  
   48.09  
   49.51  

   56.53  
   57.74  
   60.22  

   53.95  
   57.11  
   59.25  

   60.55  
   65.90  
   70.60  

    0.18  
    0.18  
    0.18  

There is no established public trading market for our Class B common stock, which is held by members of the 

Horne family. The principal holders of such stock are subject to restrictions on transfer with respect to their shares. Each 
share of our Class B common stock (10 votes per share) is convertible into one share of Class A common stock (1 vote 
per share). 

On February 8, 2017, we declared a quarterly dividend of eighteen cents ($0.18) per share on each outstanding 

share of Class A common stock and Class B common stock. 

Aggregate common stock dividend payments in 2016 were $24.5 million, which consisted of $20.0 million and 

$4.5 million for Class A shares and Class B shares, respectively. Aggregate common stock dividend payments in 2015 
were $23.1 million, which consisted of $18.8 million and $4.3 million for Class A shares and Class B shares, 
respectively. While we presently intend to continue to pay comparable cash dividends, the payment of future cash 
dividends depends upon the Board of Directors’ assessment of our earnings, financial condition, capital requirements 
and other factors. 

The number of record holders of our Class A common stock as of January 27, 2017 was 150. The number of 

record holders of our Class B common stock as of January 27, 2017 was 8. 

We satisfy the minimum withholding tax obligation due upon the vesting of shares of restricted stock and the 
conversion of restricted stock units into shares of Class A common stock by automatically withholding from the shares 
being issued a number of shares with an aggregate fair market value on the date of such vesting or conversion that would 
satisfy the withholding amount due. 

The following table includes information with respect to shares of our Class A common stock withheld to 

satisfy withholding tax obligations during the quarter ended December 31, 2016. 

Period 
October 3, 2016 - 

October 30, 2016 
October 31, 2016 - 

November 27, 2016 
November 28, 2016 - 
December 31, 2016 

Total 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

    (d) Maximum Number (or  

(c) Total Number of  
Shares (or Units) 

Approximate Dollar 
Value) of Shares (or 

(b) Average    Purchased as Part of   Units) that May Yet Be   

  Price Paid per   Publicly Announced  
  Purchased   Share (or Unit)  Plans or Programs   

Purchased Under the 
Plans or Programs 

(a) Total   
  Number of  
  Shares (or  
Units) 

 584   $ 

 63.83   

 419   $ 

 59.25   

 —   $ 
 1,003   $ 

 —   
 61.92   

—   

—   

—   
—   

—  

—  

—  
—  

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
     
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
The following table includes information with respect to repurchases of our Class A common stock during the 

three-month period ended December 31, 2016 under our stock repurchase program. 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

    (d) Maximum Number (or  

  Number of   

(a) Total 

(c) Total Number of  
Shares (or Units) 
Shares (or    Price Paid   Purchased as Part of   Units) that May Yet Be   

Approximate Dollar 
Value) of Shares (or 

(b) Average  

Period 
October 3, 2016 - October 

  Purchased(1)  

Units) 

per Share    Publicly Announced  
(or Unit)    Plans or Programs   

Purchased Under the 
Plans or Programs 

30, 2016 

October 31, 2016 - 

November 27, 2016 
November 28, 2016 - 
December 31, 2016 

Total 

 22,050   $   63.26   

 22,050   $ 

 59,063,231  

 20,550   $   64.09   

 20,550   $ 

 57,746,208  

 25,200   $   68.30   
 67,800   $   65.22   

 25,200   $ 
 67,800   $ 

 56,024,399  
 56,024,399  

(1)  On July 27, 2015, the Board of Directors authorized a new stock repurchase program of up to $100 million of the 

Company’s Class A common stock to be purchased from time to time on the open market or in privately negotiated 
transactions. The timing and number of shares repurchased will be determined by the Company’s management 
based on its evaluation of market conditions and other factors. 

Performance Graph 

Set forth below is a line graph comparing the cumulative total shareholder return on our Class A common stock 
for the last five years with the cumulative return of companies on the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index and the Russell 
2000 Index. We chose the Russell 2000 Index because it represents companies with a market capitalization similar to 
that of Watts Water. The graph assumes that the value of the investment in our Class A common stock and each index 
was $100 at December 31, 2011 and that all dividends were reinvested.  

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
     
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN* 
Among Watts Water Technologies, Inc., the S&P 500 Index 
and the Russell 2000 Index 

* 

$100 invested on 12/31/11 in stock or index, including reinvestment of dividends. Fiscal year ending December 31. 

Cumulative Total Return 

Watts Water Technologies, Inc. 
S & P 500 
Russell 2000 

    12/31/11     12/31/12      12/31/13      12/31/14      12/31/15      12/31/16  
 100     127.16     184.81     191.37     151.62     201.40  
 100     116.00     153.58     174.60     177.01     198.18  
 100     116.35     161.52     169.43     161.95     196.45  

The above Performance Graph and related information shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or to be 

“filed” with the Securities and Exchange Commission, nor shall such information be incorporated by reference into any 
future filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or Securities Exchange Act of 1934, each as amended, except to the extent 
that we specifically incorporate it by reference into such filing. 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
Item 6.   SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA. 

The selected financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial 

statements, related Notes thereto and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 
Operations” included herein. 

FIVE-YEAR FINANCIAL SUMMARY 

(Amounts in millions, except per share and cash dividend information) 

     Year Ended 
12/31/16(1)  

   Year Ended 
12/31/15(2)  

   Year Ended 

   Year Ended   
12/31/14(3)    12/31/13(4)(6)   12/31/12(5)(6)  

   Year Ended 

Statement of operations data: 
Net sales 
Net income (loss) from continuing operations 
Loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes 
Net income (loss) 
DILUTED EPS 
Income (loss) per share: 
Continuing operations 
Discontinued operations 
NET INCOME (LOSS) 

Cash dividends declared per common share 
Balance sheet data (at year end): 
Total assets 
Long‑term debt, net of current portion 

  $  1,398.4   $  1,467.7   $   1,513.7   $   1,473.5   $   1,427.4  
 70.4  
 (2.0) 
 68.4  

 (112.9) 
—  
 (112.9) 

 60.9  
 (2.3) 
 58.6  

 50.3  
—  
 50.3  

 84.2  
—  
 84.2  

 2.44  
—  
 2.44  
 0.71   $ 

 (3.24) 
—  
 (3.24) 
 0.66   $ 

 1.42  
—  
 1.42  
 0.58   $ 

 1.71  
 (0.07) 
 1.65  
 0.50   $ 

 1.95  
 (0.05) 
 1.90  
 0.44  

  $ 

  $  1,800.3   $  1,692.8   $   1,948.0   $   1,740.2   $   1,709.0  
 307.5  

 576.2  

 305.5  

 577.8  

 511.3  

(1)  For the year ended December 31, 2016, net income includes the following net pre-tax costs: long-lived asset 

impairment charges of $0.5 million, acquisition costs of $2.0 million, purchase accounting adjustments of $2.0 
million, restructuring charges of $4.7 million, deployment costs related to the Americas, Asia-Pacific, and EMEA 
transformation programs of $14.2 million, and debt issuance costs of $0.3 million. Net income also includes a pre-
tax gain of $8.7 million related to the disposition of a subsidiary in China. 

(2)  For the year ended December 31, 2015, net loss includes the following net pre-tax costs: goodwill and other 

long-lived asset impairment of $130.5 million, acquisition related costs of $1.6 million, restructuring related costs of 
$21.4 million, Americas, Asia-Pacific, and EMEA transformation deployment costs of $14.3 million, a $3.5 million 
charge for a settlement in principle relating to two class action lawsuits, a $2.5 million charge related to the 
resolution of certain product liability legacy claims for non-core products which we have exited, and long-term 
obligations settlements, including our pension plan and supplemental employee retirement plan obligations of 
$64.7 million. The net after-tax cost of these items was $197.3 million. 

(3)  For the year ended December 31, 2014, net income includes the following net pre-tax costs: goodwill and other 

long-lived asset impairment of $14.2 million, acquisitions related costs of $5.8 million, restructuring and severance 
related costs of $16.4 million, EMEA and Americas transformation deployment costs of $9.3 million, and customs 
settlements costs of $1.9 million. The net after-tax cost of these items was $38.5 million. 

(4)  For the year ended December 31, 2013, net income from continuing operations includes the following net pre-tax 
costs: legal costs of $15.3 million, restructuring charges of $8.7 million, goodwill and other long-lived asset 
impairment of $2.3 million (of which $1.1 million is recorded in cost of goods sold), EMEA transformation 
deployment costs of $1.2 million, earn-out adjustments of $0.9 million, acceleration of executive share based 
compensation expense of $0.9 million and an adjustment to the disposal of the business related to the sale of Tianjin 
Watts Valve Company Ltd. (TWVC) of $0.6 million. The net after-tax cost of these items was $18.3 million. 

(5)  For the year ended December 31, 2012, net income from continuing operations includes the following net pre-tax 
costs: restructuring charges of $5.2 million, goodwill and other long-lived asset impairment of $3.4 million, net 
legal and customs costs of $2.5 million, an adjustment to the gain on sale of TWVC of $1.6 million, retention 
charges related to our former Chief Financial Officer of $1.6 million, and a charge of $0.4 million for costs related 

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
to the 2012 acquisition of Tekmar, offset by a pre-tax gain for an earn-out adjustment of $1.0 million. Additionally, 
net income includes tax benefits totaling $0.7 million, primarily related to a tax law change in Italy. The net 
after-tax cost of these items was $8.1 million. 

(6)  In August 2013, we disposed of 100% of the stock of Austroflex. Results from operations and a loss on disposal are 
recorded in discontinued operations for 2013 and 2012. In December 2012, we disposed of 100% of the stock of 
Flomatic Corporation. Results from operations and a loss on disposal are recorded in discontinued operations for 
2012.  

Item 7.   MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS 

OF OPERATIONS. 

Overview 

We are a leading supplier of products and solutions that manage and conserve the flow of fluids and energy 

into, through and out of buildings in the residential and commercial markets of the Americas, EMEA and Asia-Pacific. 
For over 140 years, we have designed and produced valve systems that safeguard and regulate water systems, energy 
efficient heating and hydronic systems, drainage systems and water filtration technology that helps conserve water. We 
earn revenue and income almost exclusively from the sale of our products. Our principal product lines include: 

•  Residential & commercial flow control products—includes products typically sold into plumbing and hot 
water applications such as backflow preventers, water pressure regulators, temperature and pressure relief 
valves, and thermostatic mixing valves. 

•  HVAC & gas products—includes commercial high-efficiency boilers, water heaters and heating solutions, 
hydronic and electric heating systems for under-floor radiant applications, custom heat and hot water 
solutions, hydronic pump groups for boiler manufacturers and alternative energy control packages, and 
flexible stainless steel connectors for natural and liquid propane gas in commercial food service and 
residential applications. HVAC is an acronym for heating, ventilation and air conditioning. 

•  Drainage & water re-use products—includes drainage products and engineered rain water harvesting 

solutions for commercial, industrial, marine and residential applications. 

•  Water quality products—includes point-of-use and point-of-entry water filtration, conditioning and scale 

prevention systems for both commercial and residential applications. 

Our business is reported in three geographic segments: Americas, EMEA, and Asia-Pacific. We distribute our 
products through four primary distribution channels: wholesale, original equipment manufacturers (OEMs), specialty, 
and do-it-yourself (DIY). In September 2015, we divested a substantial portion of our DIY business in the Americas, 
which reduced the significance of DIY as a distribution channel for our products in 2016. In 2016, we added specialty as 
an additional primary distribution channel since this channel has become more prominent as a result of our acquisitions 
in recent years. The specialty channel primarily includes independent representatives who sell high-efficiency boilers 
and water heaters, independent water filtration and conditioning dealers, specialty floor and tile distributors, and food 
service distributors. This specialty channel is distinct and is managed separately from our traditional plumbing wholesale 
channel. The specialty channel was previously reported in the wholesale channel.  

We believe that the factors relating to our future growth include our ability to continue to make selective 

acquisitions, both in our core markets as well as in new complementary markets; regulatory requirements relating to the 
quality and conservation of water and the safe use of water; increased demand for clean water; continued enforcement of 
plumbing and building codes; and a healthy economic environment. We have completed 11 acquisitions in the last 
decade. Our acquisition strategy focuses on businesses that promote our key macro themes around safety & regulation, 
energy efficiency and water conservation. We target businesses that will provide us with one or more of the following: 
an entry into new markets and/or new geographies, improved channel access, unique and/or proprietary technologies, 
advanced production capabilities or complementary solution offerings. 

We strive to invest in product innovation that meets the needs of our customers and our end markets. Our focus 

is on differentiated products that provide greater opportunity to distinguish ourselves in the market place and on 

22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
providing system solutions to our customers rather than supplying components. We continually look for strategic 
opportunities to invest in new products and markets or divest existing product lines where necessary in order to meet 
those objectives. 

Products representing a majority of our sales are subject to regulatory standards and code enforcement, which 

typically require that these products meet stringent performance criteria. Together with our commissioned 
manufacturers’ representatives, we have consistently advocated for the development and enforcement of such plumbing 
codes. We are focused on maintaining stringent quality control and testing procedures at each of our manufacturing 
facilities in order to manufacture products in compliance with code requirements and take advantage of the resulting 
demand for compliant products. We believe that the product development, product testing capability and investment in 
plant and equipment needed to manufacture products in compliance with code requirements, represent a competitive 
advantage for us. 

In 2016, we made significant progress on our transformation programs (discussed below), continued to drive 

commercial excellence, and delivered on operational excellence.  We completed the integration of the Apex Valves 
Limited (“Apex”) and AERCO Korea Co., Ltd., (“AERCO Korea”) acquisitions, and added PVI Industries, LLC 
(“PVI”) to our portfolio late in the year. AERCO Korea was renamed Watts Korea in January 2017.  Our financial 
performance in 2016 was mixed, driven by different economic and business dynamics within each region in which we 
operate. In the Americas, there was an overall decline in reported sales, which was primarily driven by the exit of our 
non-core products in 2015 as well as lower than anticipated sales of AERCO products primarily attributable to project 
timing. AERCO is a leading provider of commercial high-efficiency boilers, water heaters and heating solutions in North 
Americas. This decline was partially offset by growth in our drains business, control valves and specialty products. In 
EMEA, there was growth in our electronics platform due to new product introductions and growth in our HVAC market 
in Italy, offset by continued decline in the OEM boiler market in Germany as well as declines in the UK primarily 
related to the challenging economic environment. In Asia-Pacific there was growth in 2016, primarily related to 
increased sales of valves outside of China and strong demand for our underfloor heating products for residential 
applications in China. 

Overall, reported sales for 2016 declined 4.7%, or $69.3 million, primarily due to the exit of non-core products, 

which caused a decrease of $98.0 million year over year. This decrease was partially offset by increases in sales from 
acquired companies of $24.0 million.  Compared to 2015, reported sales in Americas and EMEA declined by 7.9% and 
0.7%, respectively, while reported sales in Asia-Pacific grew by 26.3%.  Organic sales for 2016 grew by 1.0%, or 
$13.1 million, as compared to 2015.  Compared to 2015, organic sales in Americas and Asia-Pacific grew by 0.8% and 
11.8%, respectively, while organic sales in EMEA were essentially flat compared to 2015. Organic sales is a non-GAAP 
measure that excludes the impacts of acquisitions, divestitures and foreign exchange from year-over-year comparisons. 
Divested sales includes the exit of our non-core products through sale and through the discontinuation of product lines. 
Management believes reporting organic sales growth provides useful information to investors, potential investors and 
others, because it allows for a more complete understanding of underlying sales trends by providing sales growth on a 
consistent basis. We reconcile the change in organic sales to our reported sales for each region within our results below. 

In 2015, our Board of Directors approved a program relating to the transformation of our Americas and 

Asia-Pacific businesses.  The first phase of the program primarily involved the exit of low-margin, non-core product 
lines and global sourcing actions.  We eliminated approximately $165 million of our combined Americas and 
Asia-Pacific net sales that primarily sold through our DIY distribution channel. We discontinued selling our remaining 
rationalized product lines as of the end of the first quarter of 2016. As part of the rationalization exercise, we entered into 
an agreement to sell an operating subsidiary in China that was dedicated exclusively to the manufacturing of products 
being rationalized. We completed the sale in the second quarter of 2016, recognized a pre-tax gain of $8.7 million and 
received total proceeds from the sale of $8.4 million. The pre-tax gain includes a non-cash accumulated currency 
translation adjustment of $7.3 million. The second phase of the program involves the consolidation of manufacturing 
facilities and distribution center network optimization in the Americas. Together with phase one, the transformation 
reduced the Americas net operating footprint by approximately 30%. The second phase is substantially complete and is 
designed to improve the utilization of our remaining facilities, better leverage our cost structure, reduce working capital, 
and improve execution of customer delivery requirements. The second phase is expected to be completed in 2017. 

On a combined basis, the total estimated pre-tax cost for our transformation program related to our Americas 
and Asia-Pacific businesses is approximately $65 million, including restructuring costs of $19.5 million, goodwill and 
intangible asset impairments of $13.4 million and other transformation and deployment costs of approximately 
$32 million. Other transformation and deployment costs include consulting and project management fees and other 

23 

 
 
 
 
 
associated costs. Costs of the program are expected to be incurred through the middle of 2017. Refer to Notes 3 and 4 of 
the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, for further details. 

Acquisitions and Disposals 

On November 2, 2016, we acquired 100% of the shares of PVI Riverside Holdings, Inc., the parent company of 

PVI. The aggregate purchase price recorded, including an estimated working capital adjustment, was approximately 
$79.2 million, and is subject to final post-closing working capital adjustments. PVI is a leading manufacturer of 
commercial stainless steel water heating equipment, focused on the high capacity market in North America and is based 
in Fort Worth, Texas. Its water heater product offering complements AERCO’s boiler products, allowing us to address 
customers’ total heating and hot water requirements. 

On February 26, 2016, we acquired an additional 50% of the outstanding shares of AERCO Korea for an 

aggregate purchase price of approximately $4 million. Prior to February 26, 2016, we held a 40% interest in AERCO 
Korea, which operated as a joint venture. On December 30, 2016, we acquired the remaining 10% of the outstanding 
shares of AERCO Korea for $0.8 million. This acquisition is expected to expand both AERCO’s boiler market and the 
sale of Watts’ products in Asia. 

On September 22, 2015, we signed an agreement to sell an operating subsidiary in China that was dedicated to 

the production of non-core products. The sale was finalized in the second quarter of 2016, and we received total 
proceeds of approximately $8.4 million from the sale as of the fourth quarter of 2016. We recognized a pre-tax gain of 
$8.7 million, which includes a non-cash accumulated currency translation adjustment of $7.3 million. The net after-tax 
gain was approximately $8.3 million. 

On November 30, 2015, we completed the acquisition of 80% of the outstanding shares of Apex Valves 
Limited (“Apex”), a New Zealand company, with a commitment to purchase the remaining 20% ownership within three 
years of closing. The aggregate purchase price was approximately $20.4 million, and we recorded a liability of 
$5.5 million as the estimate of the acquisition date fair value on the contractual call option to purchase the remaining 
20%. Apex manufactures high-end valves for the New Zealand market that we believe could be introduced in the China 
market and other countries in South East Asia.  

Recent Developments 

On February 8, 2017, we declared a quarterly dividend of eighteen cents ($0.18) per share on each outstanding 

share of Class A common stock and Class B common stock payable on March 16, 2017 to stockholders of record on 
March 2, 2017.  

On February 8, 2017, the Board of Directors elected David A. Dunbar and Jes Munk Hansen to serve as 
members of the Board of Directors. Mr. Dunbar was appointed as a member of the Audit Committee and the Nominating 
and Corporate Governance Committee and Mr. Hansen was appointed as a member of the Compensation Committee and 
the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. 

Results of Operations 

Year Ended December 31, 2016 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2015 

Net Sales.  Our business is reported in three geographic segments: Americas, EMEA and Asia-Pacific. Our net 

sales in each of these segments for the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 were as follows: 

Year Ended 
December 31,2016 

Year Ended 
December 31,2015 

      Net Sales      % Sales       Net Sales       % Sales       Change 

  % Change to  
  Consolidated  
      Net Sales 

(dollars in millions) 

Americas 
EMEA 
Asia‑Pacific 
Total 

  $  900.9  
 442.3   
 55.2   

 66.7 %   $  (77.6) 
 (3.2)  
 30.3  
 11.5   
 3.0  
  $ 1,398.4     100.0 %  $ 1,467.7     100.0 %   $  (69.3)  

 64.5 %  $  978.5  
 445.5   
 31.6  
 43.7   
 3.9  

 (5.3)%
 (0.2) 
 0.8  
 (4.7)%

24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
The change in net sales was attributable to the following: 

Change As a % 
of Consolidated Net Sales 

Change As a % 
of Segment Net Sales 

     Asia‑ 

Asia‑  

  Asia‑   

America
s 

  EMEA    Pacific    Total 

  Americas  EMEA 

Pacific   Total   Americas  EMEA  Pacific   

Organic 
Foreign exchange 
Divested 

  $ 

 7.7   $   1.0   $   4.4     $   13.1   
 (8.4)  
 (2.4) 
   (98.0) 
 (91.8) 

    (1.8) 
 (6.2) 

    (4.2) 
 —  

(dollars in millions) 
 0.6 %   
 (0.2)  
 (6.3) 

 0.1 %   
 (0.3)  

 0.3 %    1.0 %  
 (0.1)  
 (0.4) 

 (0.6)  
 (6.7) 

 0.8 %  
 (0.2)  
 (9.4) 

 0.2 %  
 (0.9)  

 11.8 % 
 (4.2) 
 (15.8) 

Acquisitions 

 8.9  

   —  

15.1  

    24.0   

 0.6   

—   

 1.0   

 1.6   

 0.9   

—   

 34.5  

Total 

  $ 

 (77.6)  $  (3.2)  $ 

11.5   $  (69.3)  

 (5.3)%   

 (0.2)%   

 0.8 %    (4.7)%  

 (7.9)%  

 (0.7)%  

 26.3 % 

The change in organic net sales as a percentage of consolidated net sales and of segment net sales in the 

Americas and Asia-Pacific excludes divested sales for both periods presented.  

Our products are sold to wholesalers, OEMs, DIY chains, and through various specialty channels. The change 

in organic net sales by channel was attributable to the following: 

    Wholesale      DIY 

     OEMs   Specialty      Total      Wholesale       DIY 

      OEMs   Specialty    

(dollars in millions) 

Change As a % 
of Prior Year Sales 

Americas 
EMEA 
Asia‑Pacific 
Total 

  $ 

 3.7   $  1.0   $   4.3 $ 
 1.8  
 8.2  

    2.2 
   (3.8)  
  $   13.7   $ (2.0)  $   2.7 $ 

   (3.0) 
   —  

 (1.3)  $   7.7   
    1.0   
    4.4   
 (1.3)  $  13.1  

 —  
 —  

 1.7 %  

 0.7 %   
 0.7   
 30.4   

 (35.6)  
—   

 6.3 %  (0.5)% 
 1.0  
 (36.2) 

 —  
 —  

The change in organic net sales by channel in the Americas and Asia-Pacific excludes divested sales for both 

periods presented. 

Organic net sales in the Americas increased $7.7 million compared to 2015 primarily due to growth in our 

wholesale markets and OEM channels, particularly relating to backflow, valve, and drainage products.  

Organic net sales in EMEA increased slightly compared to 2015 mainly due to improved demand in certain key 

markets like Italy and new product introductions in our electronics platform.  These increases were partially offset by 
declines in the OEM boiler market in Germany, sales declines in France, and by project delays in our drains business 
partly driven by the impact of economic and political uncertainty in the UK. 

Organic net sales in the Asia-Pacific wholesale market increased as compared to 2015 primarily due to strong 
demand for our underfloor heating products for residential applications as well as for our water and plumbing products 
outside of China. 

The net decrease in sales due to foreign exchange was primarily due to the depreciation of the euro, Chinese 

yuan and the Canadian dollar against the U.S. dollar in 2016. We cannot predict whether foreign currencies will 
appreciate or depreciate against the U.S. dollar in future periods or whether future foreign exchange rate fluctuations will 
have a positive or negative impact on our net sales. 

The decrease in total net sales due to divested products of $98.0 million was a result of the exit of our low 

margin, non-core products beginning after the first quarter 2015 in our Americas and Asia-Pacific segments. Divested 
sales includes the exit of our non-core products through sale and through the discontinuation of product lines. 

The increase in net sales from acquisitions in Asia-Pacific is related to the fourth quarter 2015 acquisition of 

Apex and the first quarter 2016 acquisition of AERCO Korea. The increase in net sales from acquisitions in the 
Americas is related to the acquisition of PVI in the fourth quarter of 2016. 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
   
  
 
 
   
    
 
   
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross Profit.  Gross profit and gross profit as a percent of net sales (gross margin) for 2016 and 2015 were as 

follows: 

Gross profit 
Gross margin 

Year Ended 
December 31, 

2016 
2015 
(dollars in millions) 

  $  565.6  

$  553.1  

 40.5 %    

 37.7 % 

Americas’ gross margin percentage increased compared to 2015 due primarily to a favorable product mix, 

including the 2015 exit of our low-margin, non-core product lines, as well as manufacturing efficiencies and commodity 
cost savings. EMEA’s gross margin percentage increased marginally due to manufacturing productivity, restructuring 
savings and commodity cost savings, compared to 2015.  Asia-Pacific’s gross margin percentage increased compared to 
2015 primarily due to increased trade sales and product mix, offset by the decreased intercompany activity.  

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.  Selling, general and administrative, or SG&A, expenses 

decreased $67.2 million, or 13.7%, in 2016 compared to 2015. The decrease in SG&A expenses was attributable to the 
following: 

Organic 
Foreign exchange 
Acquisition 

Total 

     (in millions)     % Change  
 (14.8)%
  $ 
 (0.4) 
 1.5  
 (13.7)%

 (72.2)   
 (2.2)   
 7.2   
 (67.2)   

  $ 

The organic decrease in SG&A expenses was primarily due to the 2015 settlement of certain long-term 

obligations, including our pension plan and supplemental employee retirement plan obligations of $64.7 million and a 
$6.0 million charge incurred in 2015 to settle legacy product liability claims.  Product liability expense decreased $2.8 
million in 2016 compared to 2015 due to a reduction in the frequency of reported claims. These decreases were partially 
offset by an increase in stock compensation expense of $2.5 million in 2016 compared to 2015 mainly due to a change in 
timing of our 2016 grants, which were granted earlier in 2016 than in 2015.  SG&A expenses from acquisitions relate to 
the Apex, AERCO Korea, and PVI acquisitions. Total SG&A expenses, as a percentage of sales, were 30.3% in 2016 
compared to 33.5% in 2015. 

Restructuring.  In 2016, we recorded a net charge of $4.7 million primarily for the transformation of our 
Americas and Asia-Pacific businesses and involuntary terminations and other costs incurred as part of our EMEA 
restructuring plans, as compared to $21.4 million in 2015. For a more detailed description of our current restructuring 
plans, see Note 3 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Goodwill and Other Long-Lived Asset Impairment Charges.  In 2016, we recorded impairment charges of $0.5 
million, primarily related to an indefinite lived tradename in the EMEA reporting unit. In 2015, we recorded impairment 
charges of $130.5 million, primarily relating to a $129.7 million goodwill impairment charge in the EMEA reporting 
unit. See Note 2 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional 
information regarding these impairments. 

Gain on disposition. In the second quarter of 2016, we recorded a pre-tax gain of $8.7 million related to the sale 

of a China subsidiary that was dedicated to the production of non-core products and part of the transformation of our 
Americas and Asia-Pacific businesses.  The pre-tax gain includes a non-cash accumulated currency translation 
adjustment of $7.3 million. 

26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
    
     
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Operating Income (Loss).  Operating income (loss) by geographic segment for 2016 and 2015 was as follows: 

Americas 
EMEA 
Asia‑Pacific 
Corporate 
Total 

Year Ended 
    December 31,     December 31,      

2016 

2015 

  Change 

(dollars in millions) 

  % Change to  
  Consolidated  
     Operating    
Income 

  $ 

  $ 

 127.1   $ 
 40.8  
 14.3  
 (37.2) 
 145.0   $ 

 109.9   $  17.2   
   139.4   
 (98.6) 
    14.8   
 (0.5) 
    63.7   
 (100.9) 
 (90.1)  $ 235.1   

 19.1 %
 154.6  
 16.5  
 70.7  
 260.9 %

The increase (decrease) in operating income (loss) is attributable to the following: 

     Asia‑      
Pacifi
c 

Change As a % of 
Consolidated Operating Income 
     Asia‑     

Change As a % of 
Segment Operating Income 

     Asia‑     

  Americas  EMEA  

  Corporate   Total    Americas   EMEA  Pacific  Corporate   Total   Americas   EMEA  Pacific  Corporate   

Organic 
Foreign 
exchange 
Acquisitions 
Restructuring, 
impairment 
charges and 
other 
Gain on 
disposition 
Total 

  $ 

 10.5    $

 7.0    $  0.8    $ 

 62.1    $  80.4   

(dollars in millions) 
 0.9  % 

 7.8  % 

 11.6  % 

 68.9  %   89.2  % 

 7.0  % 

 7.1  %  151.2  % 

 61.5  % 

 (0.3) 
 (1.4) 

 (0.3) 
  —   

   (0.5) 
 1.8   

—   
—   

 (1.1) 
 0.4   

 (0.3) 
 (1.6) 

 (0.3) 
—   

 (0.5) 
 2.0   

—   
—   

 (1.1) 
 0.4   

 (0.3) 
 1.3   

 (0.3) 

 (91.1) 
—    NMF   

—    
—    

 8.4    

   132.7    

 4.0    

 1.6    

   146.7    

 9.3    

 147.2    

 4.4    

 1.8    

 162.7    

 7.7    

 134.6     NMF    

 1.6   

 —   

 —   
 17.2    $ 139.4    $ 14.8    $ 

 8.7   

 8.7   
 63.7    $ 235.1    

 —   

 —   
 19.0  %  154.7  %   16.5  % 

 9.7   

 9.7   

 —   

 —    NMF   

 70.7  %  260.9  % 

 15.7  %  141.4  %  NMF  % 

 63.1  % 

  $ 

Operating income in 2016 of $145.0 million increased by $235.1 million compared to 2015. This increase is 
primarily related to the $129.7 million goodwill impairment charge in the EMEA reporting unit, the 2015 settlement 
charge of $64.7 million for certain long-term obligations, including our pension plan and supplemental employee 
retirement plan, $16.7 million less in restructuring costs recognized in 2016 compared to 2015, as well as the $6.0 
million charge to settle legacy product liability claims in 2015. We also recognized a gain of $8.7 million in the second 
quarter of 2016 on the disposition of a subsidiary in China. The remaining $9.3 million increase was due to favorable 
sales mix, favorable sourcing, and productivity. 

Interest Expense.  Interest expense decreased $1.7 million, or 7%, in 2016 as compared to 2015 primarily due to 

the retirement in April 2016 of a $225 million higher interest bearing private placement note that was replaced by $230 
million drawn on our line of credit. Refer to Note 10 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K for further details. 

Other income, net.  Other income, net, increased $2.0 million to an income balance of $4.4 million in 2016 as 

compared to 2015, primarily due to the $1.7 million non-cash gain recognized on the acquisition of AERCO Korea in the 
first quarter of 2016. Refer to Note 5 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report on Form 
10-K for further details on the acquisition. The remaining increase is due to net foreign currency transaction gains in 
2016 as a result of the depreciation of the euro and the Canadian dollar against the U.S. dollar in 2016 compared to 2015. 

Income Taxes.  Our effective income tax rate changed to 34.1% in 2016, from (1.7%) in 2015. The significant 

change in the tax rate was due to the impact that the non-deductible and other income tax reserve items had on a loss 
before income taxes reported in 2015, primarily related to the goodwill impairment charge and the settlement of our 
pension plan and supplemental employee retirement plan obligations.  

Net Income (Loss).  Net income was $84.2 million, or $2.45 per common share, compared to a net loss of 

($112.9) million, or ($3.24) per common share, for 2015. Results for 2016 include after-tax benefits of $8.3 million, or 
$0.24 per common share, for a gain on disposition and $1.0 million, or $0.03 per common share, for a gain on 
acquisition of AERCO Korea, offset by an after-tax charge of $8.8 million, or $0.26 per common share, for the EMEA 
and Americas transformation deployment costs; $3.2 million, or $0.09 per common share, for restructuring charges; $1.3 
million, or $0.04 per common share for purchase accounting adjustments related to our acquisitions in 2016; $1.2 

27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
 
     
 
 
     
 
    
 
    
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
million, or $0.03 per common share for acquisition costs in 2016; and $2.6 million, or $0.08 per common share for other 
items, primarily related to tax charges related to the transformation. 

Results for 2015 include an after-tax charge of $126.8 million, or $3.63 per common share, for a goodwill and 

other long-lived asset impairment charges; $44.6 million, or $1.28 per common share, for long-term obligation 
settlements including pension obligations; $13.9 million, or $0.40 per common share, for restructuring; $9.0 million, or 
$0.26 per common share, for the EMEA and Americas transformation deployment costs; $3.7 million, or $0.11 per 
common share, for legal and other settlements; and $0.9 million, or $0.03 per common share, for acquisition related 
costs. 

Results of Operations 

Year Ended December 31, 2015 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2014 

Net Sales.  Our business is reported in three geographic segments: Americas, EMEA and Asia-Pacific. Our net 

sales in each of these segments for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 were as follows: 

Year Ended 
December 31,2015 

Year Ended 
December 31,2014 

  % Change to
Consolidated

     Net Sales      % Sales       Net Sales      % Sales       Change 

     Net Sales  

(Dollars in millions) 

Americas 
EMEA 
Asia‑Pacific 
Total 

  $  978.5   
 445.5   
 43.7   

 51.7   
    (100.9)  
 3.2   
  $ 1,467.7     100.0 %  $ 1,513.7     100.0 %   $  (46.0)  

 66.7 %  $  926.8   
 546.4   
 30.3  
 40.5   
 3.0  

 61.2 %   $
 36.1  
 2.7  

The change in net sales was attributable to the following: 

 3.4 % 
 (6.6) 
 0.2  
 (3.0)% 

Change as a % 
of Segment Net Sales 

Change as a % 
of Consolidated Net Sales 
      Asia‑      

  Americas    EMEA 

     Asia‑      
  Pacific    Total 

      Asia‑    
  Americas   EMEA  Pacific   Total  Americas   EMEA  Pacific   

Organic 
Foreign exchange   
Acquired/divested, 

  $ 

net 
Total 

  $ 

 19.7   $   (17.4)  $   5.1   $  7.4   
   (94.5)  
 (10.6) 

    (0.4) 

 (83.5) 

 42.6  
    41.1   
 51.7   $  (100.9)  $   3.2   $ (46.0)  

    (1.5) 

 —  

(Dollars in millions) 
 1.3 %  
 (0.7)   

 (1.1)%  
 (5.5)  

 0.3 %    0.5 %  
 —   

 (6.2)  

 2.1 %  
 (1.1)   

 (3.2)%  

 (15.3)  

 12.6 %
 (1.0) 

 2.8   
 3.4 %  

 —   
 (6.6)%  

 (0.1)  
 0.2 %    (3.0)%  

 2.7   

 4.6   
 5.6 %    (18.5)%  

 —   

 (3.7) 
 7.9 %

Our products are sold to wholesalers, DIY chains, and OEMs. The change in organic net sales by channel was 

attributable to the following: 

     Wholesale      DIY 

     OEMs        Total 

    Wholesale       DIY 

      OEMs    

(dollars in millions) 

Change As a % 
of Prior Year Sales 

Americas 
EMEA 
Asia‑Pacific 
Total 

  $   20.9   $ (0.6)  $  (0.6)  $  19.7   
   (17.4)  
 5.1   
  $   18.7   $ (2.3)  $  (9.0)  $  7.4  

    (7.5) 
    (0.9) 

   (1.7) 
 —  

 (8.2) 
 6.0  

 3.3 %     (1.0)%    (0.8)%
 (2.9)  
 24.4   

 (13.5)  
 —   

 (3.0) 
 (75.0) 

Organic net sales in the Americas increased $19.7 million compared to 2014 due to growth in our wholesale 

markets, particularly relating to commercial boilers, backflow and valve product sales and drainage products.  Weather 
issues in the Northeast, Midwest and South Central U.S. over the first half of 2015 partially offset the sales increases 
during the year.  

Organic net sales into the EMEA wholesale, DIY and OEM markets decreased as compared to 2014 primarily 

due to the struggling end-markets in France, Germany and Russia. These decreases were partially offset by increased 
sales in the Middle East and UK markets and in our electronics business. 

28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
     
 
     
 
 
    
 
     
 
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Organic net sales in the Asia-Pacific wholesale market increased as compared to 2014 primarily due to 
increased sales of residential valve and heating products that were sold into expanded geographic regions within China.  
Outside China, we also increased sales in Australia during the year. 

The net decrease in sales due to foreign exchange was primarily due to the depreciation of the euro and the 

Canadian dollar against the U.S. dollar in 2015. We cannot predict whether foreign currencies will appreciate or 
depreciate against the U.S. dollar in future periods or whether future foreign exchange rate fluctuations will have a 
positive or negative impact on our net sales. 

The change in net sales due to acquired/divested relates to the acquisition of AERCO in December of 2014, 

which contributed $104.2 million in net sales in the first eleven months of 2015 and the acquisition of Apex on 
November 30, 2015, which contributed $0.9 million in the last month of 2015, offset by the divestiture of our non-core 
product lines in the Americas and Asia-Pacific that reduced net sales by $64.0 million compared to 2014. 

Gross Profit.  Gross profit and gross profit as a percent of net sales (gross margin) for 2015 and 2014 were as 

follows: 

Gross profit 
Gross margin 

Year Ended 
December 31, 

2014 
2015 
(Dollars in millions) 

  $  553.1  

$  541.8  

 37.7 %    

 35.8 % 

Americas’ gross margin increased compared to 2014 due primarily to product mix, price realization, and 
material cost savings. The increase from product mix was largely due to the AERCO acquisition and the positive impact 
of divested products, while material cost savings improved in part due to lower copper prices. The Americas lead free 
foundry operated more efficiently than in the prior year. EMEA’s gross margin decreased primarily due to lower 
overhead absorption related to volume declines and unfavorable product mix that more than offset transformation and 
production efficiencies.  Asia-Pacific’s gross margin increased primarily due to productivity initiatives and increased 
third-party sales offset partially by reduced intercompany activity. 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.  Selling, general and administrative, or SG&A, expenses 

increased $84.3 million, or 20.7%, in 2015 compared to 2014.  The increase in SG&A expenses was attributable to the 
following: 

Organic 
Foreign exchange 
Acquisitions 
Total 

    (in millions)     % Change  
 18.9%
  $ 
 (5.9) 
7.7  
20.7 %

 76.7   
 (23.9)  
 31.5   
 84.3   

  $ 

The organic increase in SG&A expenses primarily related to the settlement of certain long-term obligations, 

including pension obligations, of $64.7 million, increased personnel costs of $9.3 million, increased legal costs of $3.5 
million and increased product liability costs of $8.1 million, offset by decreased acquisition related costs of $4.4 million, 
and reduced commission and freight costs of $3.5 million. The increased personnel costs primarily relate to increased 
compensation costs of $4.4 million, increased stock-based compensation costs of $2.5 million, partially due to a benefit 
recognized in the prior year related to our former CEO’s forfeiture of unvested equity awards, increased pension costs of 
$1.7 million and increased other employee related costs of $0.7 million, partially offset by reduced relocation costs of 
$1.0 million.  Incremental legal costs include the impact of a settlement in principle relating to two class action lawsuits 
regarding legacy products. The net settlement charged to operations amounted to $3.5 million in 2015. Refer to Note 14 
of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more detail.  The increased 
product liability cost in the Americas of $8.1 million was driven by a recent increase in reported claims, a majority of 
which relate to divested or discontinued products, and a $2.5 million charge related to the resolution of certain legacy 
claims for non-core products which we have exited. The decrease in SG&A expenses from foreign exchange was 
primarily due to the depreciation of the euro and the Canadian dollar against the U.S. dollar in 2015.  Acquired SG&A 
costs relate to the AERCO and Apex acquisitions.  Total SG&A expenses, as a percentage of sales, were 33.5% in 2015 
and 26.9% in 2014.  

29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
    
     
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
Restructuring. In 2015, we recorded a net charge of $21.4 million primarily for the transformation of our 

Americas and Asia-Pacific businesses, involuntary terminations at Corporate and involuntary terminations and other 
costs incurred as part of our EMEA restructuring plans, as compared to $15.2 million in 2014. For a more detailed 
description of our current restructuring plans, see Note 3 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K. 

Goodwill and Other Long-Lived Asset Impairment Charges.  In 2015, we recorded impairment charges of 

$130.5 million, primarily relating to a $129.7 million goodwill impairment charge in the EMEA reporting unit and trade 
name impairment charges of $0.5 million and $0.1 million in the Americas and EMEA, respectively, compared to 
$14.2 million in 2014. See Note 2 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K 
for additional information regarding these impairments. 

Operating (Loss) Income.  Operating (loss) income by geographic segment for 2015 and 2014 was as follows: 

Americas 
EMEA 
Asia‑Pacific 
Corporate 
Total 

Year Ended 
     December 31,    December 31,      

  % Change to   
  Consolidated   
     Operating 

2015 

2014 

  Change   

Income 

(Dollars in millions) 

  $ 

  $ 

 109.9   $ 
 (98.6) 
 (0.5) 
 (100.9) 
 (90.1)  $ 

 110.3   $   (0.4)   
   (136.1)  
 37.5  
 6.0   
 (6.5) 
 (65.0)  
 (35.9) 
 105.4   $  (195.5)  

 (0.4) % 

 (129.1) 
 5.7  
 (61.7) 
 (185.5)% 

The change in operating income was attributable to the following: 

  Americas    EMEA 

     Asia‑      
  Pacific    Corp. 

Change as a % of 
Consolidated Operating Income 
      Asia‑      

Change as a % of 
Segment Operating Income 

      Asia‑       

  Total 

  Americas   EMEA   Pacific  Corp.  

Total    Americas   EMEA  

Pacific   Corp.   

(Dollars in millions) 

  $ 

 (7.5)   $

 (4.7)  $  (2.9)  $ (64.7)  $  (79.8)  

 (7.1)%  

 (4.5)%  

 (2.7)%    (61.4)%     (75.7)%   

 (6.8)%     (12.5)%   

 44.6  %    (180.2)% 

Organic 
Foreign 

exchange 
Acquisitions 
Restructuring, 
impairment 
charges 
and other 

Total 

  $ 

 (2.0)  
 16.3   

 (7.5) 
 —   

 —   
 —   

 —   
 —   

 (9.5)  
 16.3    

 (1.9)  
 15.4    

 (7.1)  
 —    

 —    
 —    

 —    
 —    

 (9.0)  
 15.4    

 (1.8)  
 14.8    

 (20.0)  
 —    

 —    
 —    

 —   
 —   

   (123.9) 

 (7.2)  
   (122.5)  
 8.9   
( 0.4)    $ (136.1)  $   6.0    $ (65.0)  $ (195.5)  

 (0.3) 

 (6.8)  
 (0.4)  %   (129.1)%  

 (117.5)  

 (0.3)  

 8.4    
 5.7  %    (61.7)%    (185.5)%   

 (116.2)  

 (330.4)  

 (6.5)  
(0.3)  %    (362.9)%     (92.3)%    (181.0)% 

 (136.9)  

 (0.8) 

The decrease in consolidated operating income was largely due to non-cash goodwill impairment charge 

recorded in EMEA for $129.7 million, the settlement of certain long-term obligations, including pension obligations, of 
$64.7 million in Corporate and an increase in restructuring charges.  Other factors contributing to the decrease included 
an increase in SG&A and unfavorable foreign exchange, offset partially by contribution from the AERCO acquisition.  
The Americas organic operating income decrease was primarily due to increased SG&A expenses related to product 
liability costs of $8.1 million and transformation-related costs of $7.1 million. EMEA organic operating income decrease 
was primarily due to volume decline. 

Interest Expense.  Interest expense increased $4.4 million, or 22.1%, in 2015 as compared to 2014 primarily 

due to the interest on borrowings used to purchase AERCO in December 2014. 

Other (income) expense, net.  Other (income) expense, net, fluctuated $5.5 million to an income balance of $2.4 
million in 2015 as compared to 2014, primarily due to net foreign currency transaction gains in 2015 compared to losses 
in 2014 as a result of the depreciation of the euro, the Chinese yuan, and the Canadian dollar against the U.S. dollar and 
depreciation of the Canadian dollar against the euro in 2015. 

Income Taxes.  Our effective income tax rate changed to (1.7%) in 2015, from 39.5% in 2014.  The significant 
change in the tax rate was due to the impact that non-deductible and other income tax reserve items had on a loss before 
income taxes reported in 2015 compared to 2014, primarily related to the goodwill impairment charge and the settlement 
of our pension plan and supplemental employee retirement plan obligations.   

30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
     
 
     
 
 
     
 
    
 
     
 
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net (Loss) Income.  Net loss for 2015 was ($112.9) million, or ($3.24) per common share, compared to net 

income of $50.3 million, or $1.42 per common share, for 2014. Results for 2015 include an after-tax charge of $126.8 
million, or $3.63 per common share, for a goodwill and other long-lived asset impairment charge, $44.6 million, or 
$1.28 per common share, for long-term obligation settlements including pension obligations, $13.9 million, or $0.40 per 
common share, for restructuring; $9.0 million, or $0.26 per common share, for the EMEA and Americas transformation 
deployment costs; $3.7 million, or $0.11 per common share, for legal and other settlements; and $0.9 million, or $0.03 
per common share, for acquisition related costs. 

Results for 2014 include net after-tax charges of $38.5 million, or $1.09 per common share, including 

acquisitions and impairment related costs of $0.51, restructuring charges of $0.39, and EMEA and Americas 
transformation deployment costs of $0.19. 

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

2016 Cash Flows 

In 2016, we generated $138.1 million of cash from operating activities as compared to $109.4 million in 2015. 

Cash flows from operating activities in 2015 included a $49.2 million settlement of certain long-term obligations, 
including pension obligations. We generated approximately $102.2 million of free cash flow (a non-GAAP financial 
measure, which we reconcile below, defined as net cash provided by  operating activities minus capital expenditures plus 
proceeds from sale of assets), compared to free cash flow of $81.8 million in 2015. 

In 2016, we used $114.0 million of net cash for investing activities compared to $17.3 million in 2015. We used 
$67.6 million more cash in 2016 than 2015 relating to the acquisitions of PVI and AERCO Korea. We also increased our 
purchases of capital equipment during 2016 by $8.3 million.  In 2015, we received approximately $20.8 million more in 
cash proceeds from the sale of assets, primarily relating to the sale of non-core product lines in the Americas. We 
anticipate investing approximately $36 million to $40 million in capital equipment in 2017 to improve our 
manufacturing capabilities. 

In 2016, we generated $27.7 million of net cash from financing activities as compared to $70.9 million of net 
cash used in 2015. The increase in cash generated is primarily due to net proceeds from long-term borrowings of $74.4 
million and $17.8 million less in stock repurchases in 2016.  We also received an additional $5.7 million in cash 
proceeds from share transactions under employee stock plans in 2016 compared to 2015.  

On February 12, 2016, we terminated our prior Credit Agreement and entered into a new Credit Agreement (the 
“Credit Agreement”) among the Company, certain subsidiaries of the Company who became borrowers under the Credit 
Agreement, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and Letter of Credit Issuer, and 
the other lenders referred to therein. The Credit Agreement provides for a $500 million, five-year, senior unsecured 
revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”) with a sublimit of up to $100 million in letters of credit. The 
Credit Agreement also provided for a $300 million, five-year, term loan facility (the “Term Loan Facility”) available to 
us in a single draw.  The Credit Agreement matures on February 12, 2021, subject to extension under certain 
circumstances and subject to the terms of the Credit Agreement. As of December 31, 2016, we had $300 million of 
borrowings outstanding on the term loan and $162 million drawn on the line of credit under the Credit Agreement. As of 
December 31, 2016, we were in compliance with all covenants related to the Credit Agreement and had $312.4 million 
of unused and available credit under the Credit Agreement and $25.6 million of stand-by letters of credit outstanding on 
the Credit Agreement.  

Borrowings outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility bear interest at a fluctuating rate per annum equal 

to an applicable percentage defined as (i) in the case of Eurocurrency rate loans, the ICE Benchmark Administration 
LIBOR rate plus an applicable percentage, ranging from 0.975% to 1.45%, determined by reference to our consolidated 
leverage ratio, or (ii) in the case of base rate loans and swing line loans, the highest of (a) the federal funds rate plus 
0.5%, (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as announced by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as its “prime rate,” and 
(c) the ICE Benchmark Administration LIBOR rate plus 1.0%, plus an applicable percentage, ranging from 0.00% to 
0.45%, determined by reference to the Company’s consolidated leverage ratio. Borrowings outstanding under the Term 
Loan Facility will bear interest at a fluctuating rate per annum equal to an applicable percentage defined as the ICE 
Benchmark Administration LIBOR rate plus an applicable percentage, ranging from 1.125% to 1.75%, determined by 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
reference to the Company’s consolidated leverage ratio.  The loan under the Term Loan Facility amortizes as follows: 
0% per annum during the first year, 7.5% in the second and third years, 10% in the fourth and fifth years, and the 
remaining unpaid balance paid in full on the maturity date. Payments when due are made ratably each year in quarterly 
installments.  In addition to paying interest under the Credit Agreement, we are also required to pay certain fees in 
connection with the credit facility, including, but not limited to, an unused facility fee and letter of credit fees. We may 
repay loans outstanding under the Credit Agreement from time to time without premium or penalty, other than 
customary breakage costs, if any, and subject to the terms of the Credit Agreement.  

On December 16, 2016, Watts International Holdings Limited (“Watts International”), our wholly owned 

subsidiary, entered into a Facility Agreement (the “Facility Agreement”) among Watts International, as original 
borrower and original guarantor, Watts Water Technologies EMEA B.V., our wholly owned subsidiary (“Watts 
EMEA”), as original guarantor, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as sole bookrunner and sole lead arranger (“JP Morgan 
Chase Bank”), J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, as agent to the financial parties, and the other lenders referred to therein. 
The Facility Agreement provides for a €110 million, 364 day, term loan facility in a single draw. On December 20, 2016, 
Watts International borrowed the full amount available for borrowing under the Facility Agreement. The loan bears 
interest at a rate per annum equal to (i) the Euro InterBank Offered Rate (EURIBOR), provided that if such rate is less 
than zero, then EURIBOR shall be deemed to be zero, plus (ii) a margin of 1.875%, provided that if no event of default 
is continuing and Watts International’s consolidated leverage ratio is at a specified level, the margin shall decrease to 
1.50%. Accrued interest on the loan is payable on the last day of each interest period. The first interest period is set at 
one month and may be changed subsequently to a period of one, two, or three months (or such other period agreed with 
all the lenders). The loan under the Facility Agreement is required to be repaid on the following schedule: €15,000,000 
on June 30, 2017; €15,000,000 on September 29, 2017; and the remaining balance on December 19, 2017. Substantially 
all of the proceeds of the borrowings made on December 20, 2016 under the Facility Agreement were used to pay down 
$113 million previously outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility. 

As of December 31, 2016, we held $338.4 million in cash and cash equivalents. Our ability to fund operations 

from cash and cash equivalents could be limited by market liquidity as well as possible tax implications of moving 
proceeds across jurisdictions. Of this amount, approximately $309.0 million of cash and cash equivalents were held by 
foreign subsidiaries. Our U.S. operations typically generate sufficient cash flows to meet our domestic obligations. We 
may have to borrow to fund some or all of our expected cash outlay, which we can do at reasonable interest rates by 
utilizing the uncommitted borrowings under our Credit Agreement. However, if amounts held by foreign subsidiaries 
were needed to fund operations in the United States, we could be required to accrue and pay taxes to repatriate these 
funds. Such charges may include a federal tax of up to 35.0% on dividends received in the U.S., potential state income 
taxes and an additional withholding tax payable to foreign jurisdictions of up to 10.0%. However, our intent is to 
permanently reinvest undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries and we do not have any current plans to repatriate 
them to fund operations in the United States. 

Covenant compliance 

Under the Credit Agreement, we are required to satisfy and maintain specified financial ratios and other 

financial condition tests as of December 31, 2016. The financial ratios included a consolidated interest coverage ratio 
based on consolidated earnings before income taxes, interest expense, depreciation, and amortization (Consolidated 
EBITDA) to consolidated interest expense, as defined in the Credit Agreement. Our Credit Agreement defined 
Consolidated EBITDA to exclude unusual or non-recurring charges and gains. We were also required to maintain a 
consolidated leverage ratio of consolidated funded debt to Consolidated EBITDA. Consolidated funded debt, as defined 
in the Credit Agreement, included all long and short-term debt, capital lease obligations and any trade letters of credit 
that are outstanding, less cash on the balance sheet that exceeded $50 million. 

As of December 31, 2016, our actual financial ratios calculated in accordance with our Credit Agreement 

compared to the required levels under the Credit Agreement were as follows: 

Interest Charge Coverage Ratio 

Leverage Ratio 

32 

   9.91 to 1.00   

     Actual Ratio      Required Level   
   Minimum level  
3.50 to 1.00 
   Maximum level 
3.25 to 1.00 

   1.57 to 1.00   

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2016, we were in compliance with all covenants related to the Credit Agreement.  

We have one senior note agreement as further detailed in Note 10 of Notes to Consolidated Financial 
Statements in this Annual Report Form 10-K. This senior note agreement requires us to maintain a fixed charge coverage 
ratio of consolidated EBITDA plus consolidated rent expense during the period to consolidated fixed charges. 
Consolidated fixed charges are the sum of consolidated interest expense for the period and consolidated rent expense. 

As of December 31, 2016, our actual fixed charge coverage ratio calculated in accordance with our senior note 

agreements compared to the required ratio therein was as follows: 

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio 

      Actual Ratio       Required Level   
   Minimum level 
2.00 to 1.00  

   6.06 to 1.00  

Under the Facility Agreement, we are required to satisfy and maintain specified financial ratios and other 

financial condition tests as of December 31, 2016. The financial ratios relate to the accounts of Watts International and 
its wholly-owned subsidiaries and includes a consolidated leverage ratio calculated as consolidated total gross debt to 
consolidated EBITDA. Consolidated total gross debt, as defined in the Facility Agreement, includes all long and short-
term debt, capital lease obligations, and any trade letters of credit that are outstanding. Consolidated EBITDA, as defined 
in the Facility Agreement, includes consolidated earnings before income taxes, interest expense, depreciation and 
amortization and excludes unusual or non-recurring charges and gains. Watts International is also required to maintain a 
minimum consolidated cash balance ratio, defined as the cash balance held by the company to consolidated total gross 
debt. Cash balance, as defined, includes cash and cash equivalents.  

Minimum Cash Ratio 

Leverage Ratio 

     Actual Ratio      Required Level 

   1.58 to 1.00   

   Minimum level 
1.00 to 1.00 

   Maximum level

   1.96 to 1.00   

2.50 to 1.00 

As of December 31, 2016, we were in compliance with all covenants related to the Facility Agreement. 

In addition to financial ratios, the Credit Agreement, Facility Agreement, and senior note agreement contain 

affirmative and negative covenants that include limitations on disposition or sale of assets, prohibitions on assuming or 
incurring any liens on assets with limited exceptions and limitations on making investments other than those permitted 
by the agreements. 

Working capital (defined as current assets less current liabilities) as of December 31, 2016 was $432.8 million 
compared to $514.0 million as of December 31, 2015. The ratio of current assets to current liabilities was 2.0 to 1 as of 
December 31, 2016 compared to 2.7 to 1 as of December 31, 2015. The decrease in working capital is primarily related 
to the short-term Facility Agreement entered into in 2016.  

2015 Cash Flows 

In 2015, we generated $109.4 million of cash from operating activities as compared to $135.2 million in 2014. 

The decrease was primarily due to the $49.2 million settlement of certain long-term obligations, including the pension 
plan, offset by inventory reduction efforts and stronger accounts receivable collections. We generated approximately 
$81.8 million of free cash flow (a non-GAAP financial measure, which we reconcile below, defined as net cash provided 
by continuing operating activities minus capital expenditures plus proceeds from sale of assets), compared to free cash 
flow of $111.9 million in 2014. 

In 2015, we used $17.3 million of net cash for investing activities, including $20.4 million for the purchase of 

Apex and $27.7 million of cash for capital equipment, offset by cash proceeds of approximately $33.1 million for the 
sale of certain assets relating to divested product lines in the Americas.  

In 2015, we used $70.9 million of net cash from financing activities including $44.6 million used to repurchase 

approximately 813,000 shares of Class A common stock and $23.1 million used to pay dividends. 

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2014 Cash Flows 

In 2014, we generated $135.2 million of cash from operating activities. We generated approximately 

$111.9 million of free cash flow (a non-GAAP financial measure, which we reconcile below, defined as net cash 
provided by continuing operating activities minus capital expenditures plus proceeds from sale of assets. Free cash flow 
as a percentage of net income from continuing operations was 222.5% in 2014. 

In 2014, we used $295.5 million of net cash for investing activities, including $272.2 million for the purchase 

of AERCO and $23.7 million of cash for capital equipment. 

In 2014, we generated $220.8 million of net cash from financing activities. Cash provided by financing 

activities was primarily due to the $275.0 million borrowings under our Prior Credit Agreement to fund the AERCO 
acquisition and by proceeds of $11.8 million from option exercises under the employee stock plans, offset by payments 
to repurchase approximately 670,000 shares of Class A common stock at a cost of $39.6 million and payment of 
dividends of $20.5 million. 

Non-GAAP Financial Measures 

In accordance with the SEC's Regulation G and item 10(e) of Regulation S-K, the following provides 

definitions of the non-GAAP measures used by management. We believe that these measures provide for a more 
complete perspective of underlying business results and trends. These non-GAAP measures are not intended to be 
considered by the user in place of the related GAAP measure, but rather as supplemental information to more fully 
understand our business results. These non-GAAP measures may not be the same as similar measures used by other 
companies due to possible differences in method and in the items or events being adjusted.  

Organic sales growth is a non-GAAP measure of sales growth that excludes the impacts of acquisitions, 

divestitures and foreign exchange from period-over-period comparisons. A reconciliation to the most closely related 
U.S.GAAP measure, net sales, has been included in our discussion within “Results of Operations” above. Organic net 
sales should be considered in addition to, and not as a replacement for or as a superior measure to net sales. Management 
believes reporting organic sales growth provides useful information to investors, potential investors and others, by 
facilitating easier comparisons of our revenue performance with prior and future periods. 

Adjusted operating income, adjusted operating margins, adjusted net income, and adjusted earnings per share 

are non-GAAP measures that exclude certain expenses that relate primarily to our global restructuring programs, 
deployment costs, acquisition related costs, purchase accounting adjustments, gains on acquisition and disposition, 
goodwill and other long-lived asset impairments, Defined Benefit Plans settlement, certain other costs and the related 
income tax impacts on these items and other tax adjustments.  Management believes reporting these financial measures 
provides useful information to investors, potential investors and others, by facilitating easier comparisons of our 
performance with prior and future periods. 

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A reconciliation of U.S. GAAP results to these adjusted non-GAAP measures is provided below: 

Net sales 

$ 

 1,398.4 

$ 

 1,467.7 

Year Ended 

December 31 
2016 

December 31 
2015 

Operating income (loss) - as reported 
         Operating margin % 

Adjustments for special items: 
Goodwill and other long-lived asset impairment charges 
Acquisitions/divestiture related (benefits)/costs 
Restructuring 
Transformation and deployment costs 
Other costs/long-term obligation settlements 
Total adjustments for special items 

Operating income - as adjusted 
     Adjusted operating margin % 

Net income (loss) - as reported 

Adjustments for special items - tax affected: 
Goodwill and other long-lived asset impairment charges 
Acquisitions/divestiture related (benefits)/costs 
Restructuring 
Transformation and deployment costs 
Other costs/long-term obligation settlements 
Total Adjustments for special items - tax affected: 

Net income as adjusted 

Diluted earnings per share - as reported 
    Adjustments for special items  
Diluted earnings per share - as adjusted 

 145.0 
10.4% 

 0.5 
 (4.7)
 4.7 
 14.2 
 0.3 
 15.0 

$ 

 160.0   $ 
11.4%  

 (90.1) 
-6.1% 

 130.5 
 1.6 
 21.4 
 14.3 
 70.7 
 238.5 

 148.4 
10.1% 

 84.2   $ 

 (112.9) 

 0.4  
 (6.8) 
 3.2  
 8.8  
 2.6  
 8.2 

$ 

 92.4   $ 

 2.44 
 0.23 
 2.67 

$ 

 126.8 
 0.9 
 13.9 
 9.0 
 46.7 
 197.3 

 84.4 

 (3.24) 
 5.65 
 2.41 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Free cash flow is a non-GAAP measure that does not represent cash generated from operating activities in 
accordance with U.S. GAAP. Therefore it should not be considered an alternative to net cash provided by operating 
activities as an indication of our performance. The cash conversion rate of free cash flow to net income is also a measure 
of our performance in cash flow generation. We believe free cash flow to be an appropriate supplemental measure of our 
operating performance because it provides investors with a measure of our ability to generate cash, repay debt, pay 
dividends, repurchase stock and fund acquisitions.  

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
A reconciliation of net cash provided by operating activities to free cash flow and calculation of our cash 

conversion rate is provided below: 

Net cash provided by operating activities 
Less: additions to property, plant, and equipment 
Plus: proceeds from the sale of property, plant, and 

2016 

Year Ended December 31, 
2015 
(in millions) 
  $ 138.1   $  109.4  
    (27.7)  

    (36.0) 

$ 135.2  
    (23.7) 

2014 

equipment 
Free cash flow 
Net income (loss)—as reported 
Cash conversion rate of free cash flow to net (loss) income 
Free cash flow 
Plus: payments made on long‑term obligations 
Free cash flow—as adjusted 

 0.1  

 0.1  
  $ 102.2   $  81.8  
  $  84.2   $ (112.9)  

 0.4  
$ 111.9  
$  50.3  

   121.4 %    NM %     222.5 %

  $ 102.2   $  81.8  
 49.2  
  $ 102.2   $  131.0  

 —  

$ 111.9  
 —  
$ 111.9  

Our free cash flow as adjusted decreased in 2016 when compared to the free cash flow as adjusted for 2015 

primarily due to the increase in cash used for capital investments made in 2016, as well as the impact of paying certain 
legal settlements in 2016. 

Our net debt to capitalization ratio, a non-GAAP financial measure used by management, increased to 29.8% 
for 2016 from 28.5% for 2015. The increase was driven by an increase in debt outstanding at December 31, 2016 used 
primarily to fund the PVI acquisition. Management believes the net debt to capitalization ratio is an appropriate 
supplemental measure because it helps investors understand our ability to meet our financing needs and serves as a basis 
to evaluate our financial structure. Our computation may not be comparable to other companies that may define their net 
debt to capitalization ratios differently. 

A reconciliation of long-term debt (including current portion) to net debt and our net debt to capitalization ratio 

is provided below: 

December 31, 

2016 

2015 

(in millions) 

 139.1   $
 511.3  
 (338.4) 

 1.1  
    574.2  
   (296.2) 
  $  312.0   $ 279.1  

December 31, 

2016 

2015 

(in millions) 

$

  $  312.0  
 736.3  
  $ 1,048.3  

$
 29.8 %    

 281.1  
 704.9  
 986.0  

 28.5 %

Current portion of long‑term debt 
Plus: long‑term debt, net of current portion 
Less: cash and cash equivalents 
Net debt 

A reconciliation of capitalization is provided below: 

Net debt 
Total stockholders’ equity 
Capitalization 
Net debt to capitalization ratio 

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
    
     
     
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
    
     
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
Contractual Obligations 

Our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2016 are presented in the following table: 

Contractual Obligations 

Total 

Payments Due by Period 

     Less than      

1 year    1‑3 years   4‑5 years  
(in millions) 

     More than  
5 years 

Long‑term debt obligations, including 

current maturities(a)(c) 
Operating lease obligations 
Capital lease obligations(a) 
Pension contributions 
Interest 
Redeemable financial instrument(a) 
Other(b) 
Total 

  $  653.6   $ 139.1   $   52.5   $  462.0   $ 

 26.6  
 4.0  
 7.1  
 61.6  
 5.8  
 26.4  

 7.8  
 1.0  
 0.4  
    18.8  
 —  
    23.3  

 10.6  
 1.9  
 0.8  
 33.3  
 5.8  
 2.8  

 4.4  
 1.1  
 1.0  
 9.5  
 —  
 0.1  

  $  785.1   $ 190.4   $  107.7   $  478.1   $ 

 —  
 3.8  
 —  
 4.9  
 —  
 —  
 0.2  
 8.9  

(a)  as recognized in the consolidated balance sheet 

(b)  the majority relates to commodity and capital commitments at December 31, 2016 

(c)  the payment in less than one year represents the first year of amortization of the term loan under the Credit 

Agreement as well as the retirement of the 364 day term loan facility entered into on December 16, 2016. See Note 
10 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further details of our 
financing arrangements. 

We maintain letters of credit that guarantee our performance or payment to third parties in accordance with 

specified terms and conditions. Amounts outstanding were approximately $25.6 million as of December 31, 2016 and 
$24.8 million as of December 31, 2015. Our letters of credit are primarily associated with insurance coverage and, to a 
lesser extent, foreign purchases and generally expire within one year of issuance. These instruments may exist or expire 
without being drawn down; therefore they do not necessarily represent future cash flow obligations. 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

Except for operating lease commitments, we have no off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are 
reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or 
expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that is material to investors. 

Application of Critical Accounting Policies and Key Estimates 

The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management 

to make judgments, assumptions and estimates that affect the amounts reported. A critical accounting estimate is an 
assumption about highly uncertain matters and could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements if 
another, also reasonable, amount were used, or, a change in the estimate is reasonably likely from period to period. We 
base our assumptions on historical experience and on other estimates that we believe are reasonable under the 
circumstances. Actual results could differ significantly from these estimates. In 2016, we removed workers 
compensation costs and pension benefits from our critical accounting policies as they are no longer considered critical.   
There were no other significant changes in our accounting policies or significant changes in our accounting estimates 
during 2016. 

We periodically discuss the development, selection and disclosure of the estimates with our Audit Committee. 
Management believes the following critical accounting policies reflect our more significant estimates and assumptions. 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
      
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue recognition 

We recognize revenue when all of the following criteria are met: (1) we have entered into a binding agreement, 

(2) the product has shipped and title has passed, (3) the sales price to the customer is fixed or is determinable and 
(4) collectability is reasonably assured. We recognize revenue based upon a determination that all criteria for revenue 
recognition have been met, which, based on the majority of our shipping terms, is considered to have occurred upon 
shipment of the finished product. Some shipping terms require the goods to be received by the customer before title 
passes. In those instances, revenues are not recognized until the customer has received the goods. We record estimated 
reductions to revenue for customer returns and allowances and for customer programs. Provisions for returns and 
allowances are made at the time of sale, derived from historical trends and form a portion of the allowance for doubtful 
accounts. Customer programs, which are primarily annual volume incentive plans, allow customers to earn credit for 
attaining agreed upon purchase targets from us. We record estimated reductions to revenue, made at the time of sale, for 
customer programs based on estimated purchase targets. 

Allowance for doubtful accounts 

The allowance for doubtful accounts is established to represent our best estimate of the net realizable value of 

the outstanding accounts receivable. The development of our allowance for doubtful accounts varies by region but in 
general is based on a review of past due amounts, historical write-off experience, as well as aging trends affecting 
specific accounts and general operational factors affecting all accounts. In addition, factors are developed in certain 
regions utilizing historical trends of sales and returns and allowances and cash discount activities to derive a reserve for 
returns and allowances and cash discounts. 

We uniformly consider current economic trends and changes in customer payment terms when evaluating the 

adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts. We also aggressively monitor the creditworthiness of our largest 
customers, and periodically review customer credit limits to reduce risk. If circumstances relating to specific customers 
change or unanticipated changes occur in the general business environment, our estimates of the recoverability of 
receivables could be further adjusted. 

Inventory valuation 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market with costs determined primarily on a first-in first-out basis. 
We utilize both specific product identification and historical product demand as the basis for determining our excess or 
obsolete inventory reserve. We identify all inventories that exceed a range of one to three years in sales. This is 
determined by comparing the current inventory balance against unit sales for the trailing twelve months. New products 
added to inventory within the past twelve months are excluded from this analysis. A portion of our products contain 
recoverable materials, therefore the excess and obsolete reserve is established net of any recoverable amounts. Changes 
in market conditions, lower-than- expected customer demand or changes in technology or features could result in 
additional obsolete inventory that is not saleable and could require additional inventory reserve provisions. 

In certain countries, additional inventory reserves are maintained for potential shrinkage experienced in the 

manufacturing process. The reserve is established based on the prior year’s inventory losses adjusted for any change in 
the gross inventory balance. 

Goodwill and other intangibles 

We have made numerous acquisitions over the years and have recognized a significant amount of goodwill. 

Goodwill is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if an event or circumstance indicates that an impairment 
loss may have been incurred. Application of the goodwill impairment test requires judgment, including the identification 
of reporting units, assignment of assets and liabilities to reporting units, and determination of the fair value of each 
reporting unit. We estimate the fair value of our reporting units using an income approach based on the present value of 
estimated future cash flows, and when appropriate, guideline public company and guideline transaction market 
approaches. 

Accounting guidance allows us to review goodwill for impairment utilizing either qualitative or quantitative 

analyses. We have the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or 
circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its 

38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
carrying amount. If, after assessing the totality of events and circumstances, we determine it is more likely than not that 
the fair value of a reporting unit is greater than its carrying amount, then performing the two-step (quantitative) 
impairment test is unnecessary. 

We first identify those reporting units that we believe could pass a qualitative assessment to determine whether 

further impairment testing is necessary. For each reporting unit identified, our qualitative analysis includes: 

1)  A review of the most recent fair value calculation to identify the extent of the cushion between fair value 

and carrying amount, to determine if a substantial cushion existed. 

2)  A review of events and circumstances that have occurred since the most recent fair value calculation to 

determine if those events or circumstances would have affected our previous fair value assessment. Items 
identified and reviewed include macroeconomic conditions, industry and market changes, cost factor 
changes, events that affect the reporting unit, financial performance against expectations and the reporting 
unit’s performance relative to peers. 

We then compile this information and make our assessment of whether it is more likely than not that the fair 

value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If we determine it is not more likely than not, then no further 
quantitative analysis is required.  

In 2016, we had eight reporting units. One of these reporting units, Water Quality, had no goodwill. We 
performed a qualitative analysis for the remaining reporting units, which include Blücher, Dormont, US Drains, 
AERCO, EMEA, Residential and Commercial, and Asia-Pacific. As of our October 30, 2016 testing date, we had 
approximately $493.4 million of goodwill on our balance sheet. As a result of our qualitative analyses, we determined 
that the fair values of the reporting units were more likely than not greater than the carrying amounts. In 2016, we did 
not need to proceed beyond the qualitative analysis, and no goodwill impairments were recorded. 

In 2015, we recognized a pre-tax impairment charge of $129.7 million in the EMEA reporting unit. The 

remaining goodwill balance as of December 31, 2015 in this reporting unit was $46.4 million. 

During the fourth quarter of 2014, we recognized a pre-tax non-cash goodwill impairment charge of 
$12.9 million. The charge in 2014 related to the Asia-Pacific reporting unit. As of December 31, 2014, goodwill for the 
Asia-Pacific reporting unit was fully impaired. 

Intangible assets such as trademarks and trade names are generally recorded in connection with a business 

acquisition. Values assigned to intangible assets are determined by an independent valuation firm based on our estimates 
and judgments regarding expectations of the success and life cycle of products and technology acquired. Accounting 
guidance allows us to perform a qualitative impairment assessment of indefinite-lived intangible assets consistent with 
the goodwill guidance noted previously. For our 2016 impairment assessment, which occurred as of October 30, 2016, 
we performed quantitative assessments for all indefinite-lived intangible assets. The methodology we employed was the 
relief from royalty method, a subset of the income approach. During 2016 we recognized a non-cash pre-tax charge of 
approximately $0.4 million related to an indefinite lived tradename in our EMEA reporting unit. In 2015 and 2014, we 
recognized non-cash pre-tax impairment charges of $0.6 million and $1.3 million, respectively, as an impairment of 
certain of our indefinite-lived intangible assets. 

Product liability 

Because of retention requirements associated with our insurance policies, we are generally self-insured for 

potential product liability claims. We are subject to a variety of potential liabilities in connection with product liability 
cases and we maintain a high self-insured retention limit within our product liability and general liability coverage, 
which we believe to be generally in accordance with industry practices. For product liability cases in the U.S., 
management establishes its product liability accrual, which includes legal costs associated with accrued claims, by 
utilizing third-party actuarial valuations which incorporate historical trend factors and our specific claims experience 
derived from loss reports provided by third-party administrators. The product liability accrual is established after 
considering any applicable insurance coverage. Changes in the nature of product liability claims, legal costs, or the 
actual settlement amounts could affect the adequacy of the estimates and require changes to the accrual. Because the 
liability is an estimate, the ultimate liability may be more or less than reported.  

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We determine the trend factors for product liability based on consultation with outside actuaries. We maintain 

excess liability insurance to minimize our risks related to claims in excess of our primary insurance policies. Any 
material change in the aforementioned factors could have an adverse impact on our operating results. 

Legal contingencies 

We are a defendant in numerous legal matters including those involving environmental issues and product 

liability as discussed in more detail in Part I, Item 1. “Business—Product Liability, Environmental and Other Litigation 
Matters.” As required by GAAP, we determine whether an estimated loss from a loss contingency should be accrued by 
assessing whether a loss is deemed probable and the loss amount can be reasonably estimated. When it is possible to 
estimate reasonably possible loss or range of loss above the amount accrued, that estimate is aggregated and disclosed. 
Estimates of potential outcomes of these contingencies are often developed in consultation with outside counsel. While 
this assessment is based upon all available information, litigation is inherently uncertain and the actual liability to fully 
resolve litigation cannot be predicted with any assurance of accuracy. In the event of an unfavorable outcome in one or 
more legal matters, the ultimate liability may be in excess of amounts currently accrued, if any, and may be material to 
our operating results or cash flows for a particular quarterly or annual period. However, based on information currently 
known to us, management believes that the ultimate outcome of all legal contingencies, as they are resolved over time, is 
not likely to have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, though the outcome could be material to our 
operating results for any particular period depending, in part, upon the operating results for such period. 

Income taxes 

We estimate and use our expected annual effective income tax rates to accrue income taxes. Effective tax rates 
are determined based on budgeted earnings before taxes, including our best estimate of permanent items that will affect 
the effective rate for the year. Management periodically reviews these rates with outside tax advisors and changes are 
made if material variances from expectations are identified. 

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are 

recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts 
of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis and operating loss and tax credit carry forwards. Deferred 
tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which 
those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a 
change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. 

A valuation allowance is provided to offset any net deferred tax assets if, based upon the available evidence, it 

is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. We consider estimated future 
taxable income and future reversals of the deferred tax liabilities in assessing the need for a valuation allowance. 

New Accounting Standards 

A discussion of recent accounting pronouncements is included in Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial 

Statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Item 7A.   QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK. 

We use derivative financial instruments primarily to reduce exposure to adverse fluctuations in foreign 
exchange rates, interest rates and costs of certain raw materials used in the manufacturing process. We do not enter into 
derivative financial instruments for trading purposes. As a matter of policy, all derivative positions are used to reduce 
risk by hedging underlying economic exposure. The derivatives we use are instruments with liquid markets. See Note 15 
of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Our consolidated earnings, which are reported in United States dollars, are subject to translation risks due to 
changes in foreign currency exchange rates. This risk is concentrated in the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and 
the euro; the U.S. dollar and the Canadian dollar; the U.S. dollar and the Chinese yuan; and the Hong Kong Dollar and 
the euro. 

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our foreign subsidiaries transact most business, including certain intercompany transactions, in foreign 
currencies. Such transactions are principally purchases or sales of materials and are denominated in European currencies 
or the U.S. or Canadian dollar. We use foreign currency forward exchange contracts from time to time to manage the 
risk related to intercompany purchases that occur during the course of a year and certain open foreign currency 
denominated commitments to sell products to third parties. At December 31, 2016, we have one open forward exchange 
contract which was entered to manage the foreign currency rate exposure between the Hong Kong dollar and the euro 
regarding an intercompany loan.  This forward contract is marked-to-market with changes in the fair value recorded to 
earnings. 

Prior to 2016, we generally had a low exposure on the cost of our debt to changes in interest rates. On 
February 12, 2016, the Company entered into a new Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) pursuant to which it 
received a funding commitment under a Term Loan of $300 million, of which the entire $300 million has been drawn 
on, and a Revolving Commitment (“Revolver”) of $500 million, of which $162 million has been drawn as of December 
31, 2016.  Both facilities mature on February 12, 2021.  For each facility, the Company can choose either an Adjusted 
LIBOR or Alternative Base Rate (“ABR”). Accordingly, the Company’s earnings and cash flows are exposed to interest 
rate risk from changes in Adjusted LIBOR. In order to manage the Company’s exposure to changes in cash flows 
attributable to fluctuations in LIBOR-indexed interest payments related to our floating rate debt, the Company entered 
into two interest rate swaps. For each interest rate swap, the Company receives the three-month USD-LIBOR subject to 
a 0% floor, and pays a fixed rate of 1.31375% on a notional amount of $225.0 million.  Information about our long-term 
debt including principal amounts and related interest rates appears in Note 10 of Notes to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016. 

We purchase significant amounts of bronze ingot, brass rod, cast iron, stainless steel and plastic, which are 

utilized in manufacturing our many product lines. Our operating results can be adversely affected by changes in 
commodity prices if we are unable to pass on related price increases to our customers. We manage this risk by 
monitoring related market prices, working with our suppliers to achieve the maximum level of stability in their costs and 
related pricing, seeking alternative supply sources when necessary and passing increases in commodity costs to our 
customers, to the maximum extent possible, when they occur. 

Item 8.   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA. 

The financial statements listed in section (a) (1) of “Part IV, Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement 

Schedules” of this Annual Report are incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 9.   CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL 

DISCLOSURE. 

None. 

Item 9A.   CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES. 

As required by Rule 13a-15(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or Exchange Act, as of 
the end of the period covered by this report, we carried out an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation 
of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of our 
disclosure controls and procedures. In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, we recognize 
that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of 
achieving the desired control objectives, and our management necessarily applies its judgment in evaluating and 
implementing possible controls and procedures. The effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures is also 
necessarily limited by the staff and other resources available to us and the geographic diversity of our operations. Based 
upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of the end of the period 
covered by this report, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective, in that they provide reasonable assurance 
that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, 
processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s 
rules and forms and are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or 
submit under the Exchange Act are accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive 
Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. 

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended 
December 31, 2016, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over 
financial reporting. In connection with these rules, we will continue to review and document our disclosure controls and 
procedures, including our internal control over financial reporting, and may from time to time make changes aimed at 
enhancing their effectiveness and to ensure that our systems evolve with our business. 

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over 

financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The 
Company’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability 
of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and 
procedures that: 

(i) 

(ii) 

pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the 
transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; 

provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of 
financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and 
expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management 
and directors of the Company; and 

(iii) 

provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use 
or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect 
misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls 
may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or 
procedures may deteriorate. 

Management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, assessed the effectiveness of 

the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016. In making this assessment, 
management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission 
(COSO) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013). 

Based on our assessment and those criteria, management believes that the Company maintained effective 

internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016. 

On November 2, 2016, the Company completed the acquisition of PVI Riverside Holdings, Inc. (“PVI”). The 

audited consolidated financial statements of the Company include the results of PVI, including total assets of $79.2 
million (of which $70.1 million represents goodwill and intangible assets included within the scope of the assessment) 
and total revenue of $8.9 million, but management’s assessment does not include an assessment of the internal control 
over financial reporting of PVI. 

The independent registered public accounting firm that audited the Company’s consolidated financial 
statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K has issued an audit report on the Company’s internal 
control over financial reporting. That report appears immediately following this report. 

42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Board of Directors and Stockholders 
Watts Water Technologies, Inc.: 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

We have audited Watts Water Technologies, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 

2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Watts Water Technologies, Inc.’s management is 
responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness 
of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal 
Control Over Financial Reporting.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over 
financial reporting based on our audit. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 

(United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether 
effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining 
an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and 
testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit 
also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our 
audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance 

regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting 
includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately 
and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that 
transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance 
with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding 
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a 
material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect 
misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls 
may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or 
procedures may deteriorate. 

In our opinion, Watts Water Technologies, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control 

over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated 
Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. 

Watts Water Technologies, Inc. acquired PVI Industries, LLC (“PVI”) during 2016, and management excluded 
from its assessment of the effectiveness of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as 
of December 31, 2016, PVI’s internal control over financial reporting associated with total assets of $79.2 million (of 
which 70.1 million represents goodwill and intangible assets included within the scope of the assessment) and total 
revenue of $8.9 million included in the consolidated financial statements of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. and 
subsidiaries as of and for the year ended December 31, 2016.  Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of 
Watts Water Technologies, Inc. also excluded an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of PVI.   

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 

(United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 
2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ 
equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2016, and our report dated 
February 24, 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. 

/s/ KPMG LLP 
Boston, Massachusetts 
February 24, 2017 

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 9B.   OTHER INFORMATION. 

None. 

PART III 

Item 10.   DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE. 

Information with respect to the executive officers of the Company is set forth in Part I, Item 1 of this Report 

under the caption “Executive Officers and Directors” and is incorporated herein by reference. The information provided 
under the captions “Information as to Nominees for Director,” “Corporate Governance,” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial 
Ownership Reporting Compliance” in our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to 
be held on May 17, 2017 is incorporated herein by reference. 

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct applicable to all officers, employees and Board members. The 
Code of Business Conduct is posted in the Investors section of our website, www.wattswater.com. We will provide you 
with a print copy of our Code of Business Conduct free of charge on written request to Kenneth R. Lepage, Secretary, 
Watts Water Technologies, Inc., 815 Chestnut Street, North Andover, MA 01845. Any amendments to, or waivers of, 
the Code of Business Conduct which apply to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Corporate Controller 
or any person performing similar functions will be disclosed on our website promptly following the date of such 
amendment or waiver. 

Item 11.   EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION. 

The information provided under the captions “Director Compensation,” “Corporate Governance,” 
“Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Executive Compensation,” “Compensation Committee Interlocks and 
Insider Participation,” and “Compensation Committee Report” in our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2017 Annual 
Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 17, 2017 is incorporated herein by reference. 

The “Compensation Committee Report” contained in our Proxy Statement shall not be deemed “soliciting 

material” or “filed” with the Securities and Exchange Commission or otherwise subject to the liabilities of Section 18 of 
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, nor shall it be deemed incorporated by reference in any filings under the Securities 
Act of 1933 or the Exchange Act, except to the extent we specifically request that such information be treated as 
soliciting material or specifically incorporate such information by reference into a document filed under the Securities 
Act or Exchange Act. 

Item 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND 

RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS. 

The information appearing under the caption “Principal Stockholders” in our definitive Proxy Statement for our 

2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 17, 2017 is incorporated herein by reference. 

44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans 

The following table provides information as of December 31, 2016, about the shares of Class A common stock 
that may be issued upon the exercise of stock options issued under the Company’s Second Amended and Restated 2004 
Stock Incentive Plan, and the settlement of restricted stock units granted under our Management Stock Purchase Plan as 
well as the number of shares remaining for future issuance under our Second Amended and Restated 2004 Stock 
Incentive Plan and Management Stock Purchase Plan. 

Equity Compensation Plan Information 

  Number of securities to be  
issued upon exercise of   
outstanding options, 
warrants and rights 
(a) 

Weighted‑average exercise  
price of outstanding options,  
warrants and rights 
(b) 

    Number of securities remaining   
available for future issuance    
under equity compensation 
plan (excluding securities 
reflected in column (a)) 
(c) 

 567,420 (1)  $ 

None  
 567,420 (1)  $ 

 —   

None   
 —   

 2,206,142 (2) 

None  
 2,206,142 (2) 

Plan Category 
Equity compensation plans 

approved by security holders 
Equity compensation plans not 
approved by security holders 

Total 

(1)  Represents 130,483 outstanding options, 266,738 performance share awards and 22,671 deferred shares under the 

Second Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, and 147,528 outstanding restricted stock units under the 
Management Stock Purchase Plan. 

(2)  Includes 1,402,580 shares available for future issuance under the Second Amended and Restated 2004 Stock 
Incentive Plan, and 803,562 shares available for future issuance under the Management Stock Purchase Plan. 

Item 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE. 

The information provided under the captions “Corporate Governance” and “Certain Relationships and Related 

Transactions” in our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 17, 
2017 is incorporated herein by reference. 

 Item 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES. 

The information provided under the caption “Ratification of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” 

in our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 17, 2017 is 
incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 15.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES. 

(a)(1) Financial Statements 

PART IV 

The following financial statements are included in a separate section of this Report commencing on the page 

numbers specified below: 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 

2016, 2015 and 2014 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 

and 2014 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

48 
49 

50 
51 

52 
53 
54 

45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
    
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(a)(2) Schedules 

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 

and 2014 

87 

All other required schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the 

Securities and Exchange Commission are included in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

(a)(3) Exhibits 

The exhibits listed in the Exhibit Index immediately preceding the exhibits are filed as part of this Annual 

Report on Form 10-K. 

Item 16.  FORM 10-K SUMMARY. 

None. 

46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has 

duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

WATTS WATER TECHNOLOGIES, INC. 

By: 

/s/ ROBERT J. PAGANO, JR. 
Robert J. Pagano, Jr. 
Chief Executive Officer and President 

DATED: February 24, 2017 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the 

following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Signature 

Title 

Date 

/s/ ROBERT J. PAGANO, JR. 
Robert J. Pagano, Jr. 

  Chief Executive Officer, President and Director 
  (Principal Executive Officer) 

/s/ TODD A. TRAPP 
Todd A. Trapp 

  Chief Financial Officer 
  (Principal Financial Officer) 

/s/ VIRGINIA A. HALLORAN 
Virginia A. Halloran 

  Chief Accounting Officer 
  (Principal Accounting Officer) 

/s/ ROBERT L. AYERS 
Robert L. Ayers 

/s/ BERNARD BAERT 
Bernard Baert 

Director 

Director 

/s/ RICHARD J. CATHCART 
Richard J. Cathcart 

Director 

/s/ CHRISTOPHER L. CONWAY   
Christopher L. Conway 

Director 

February 24, 2017 

February 24, 2017 

February 24, 2017 

February 21, 2017 

February 17, 2017 

February 20, 2017 

February 18, 2017 

February 16, 2017 

February 20, 2017 

Director 

Director 

/s/ DAVID A. DUNBAR 
David A. Dunbar 

/s/ JES MUNK HANSEN 
Jes Munk Hansen 

/s/ W. CRAIG KISSEL 
W. Craig Kissel 

/s/ JOSEPH T. NOONAN 
Joseph T. Noonan 

/s/ MERILEE RAINES 
Merilee Raines 

/s/ JOSEPH W. REITMEIER 
Joseph W. Reitmeier 

Chairman of the Board 

February 17, 2017 

Director 

Director 

Director 

47 

February 17, 2017 

February 17, 2017 

February 17, 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders 
Watts Water Technologies, Inc.: 

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Watts  Water  Technologies,  Inc. 
and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive 
income (loss), stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 
2016. In connection with our audits of the consolidated financial statements, we also have audited financial statement 
Schedule II-Valuation and Qualifying Accounts. These consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule 
are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated 
financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
(United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether 
the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting 
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used 
and significant estimates  made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We 
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the 
financial position of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the results 
of  their  operations  and  their  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  years  in  the  three-year  period  ended  December 31,  2016,  in 
conformity  with  U.S. generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  Also  in  our  opinion,  the  related  financial  statement 
schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in 
all material respects, the information set forth therein. 

We  also  have audited,  in  accordance with  the standards  of  the Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board 
(United States), Watts Water Technologies, Inc. internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based 
on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated February 24, 2017 expressed an unqualified 
opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting 

Our  report  dated  February  24,  2017  on  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of 
December 31, 2016, contains an explanatory paragraph that states that management excluded from its assessment of the 
effectiveness of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 
31, 2016, PVI Industries, LLC (“PVI”) internal control over financial reporting associated with total assets of $79.2 million 
(of which $70.1 million represents goodwill and intangible assets included within the scope of the assessment) and total 
revenue  of  $8.9  million  included  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  of  Watts  Water  Technologies,  Inc.  and 
subsidiaries as of and for the year ended December 31, 2016.  Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of 
Watts Water Technologies, Inc. also excluded an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of PVI.   

/s/ KPMG LLP 

Boston, Massachusetts 
February 24, 2017 

48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Watts Water Technologies, Inc. and Subsidiaries 

Consolidated Statements of Operations 

(Amounts in millions, except per share information) 

Net sales 
Cost of goods sold 

GROSS PROFIT 

Selling, general and administrative expenses 
Restructuring 
Goodwill and other long-lived asset impairment charges 
Gain on disposition 

OPERATING INCOME (LOSS) 

Other (income) expense: 

Interest income 
Interest expense 
Other (income) expense, net 

Total other expense 
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES 
Provision for income taxes 
NET INCOME (LOSS) 
Basic EPS 

NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE 

Weighted average number of shares 
Diluted EPS 

NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE 

Weighted average number of shares 
Dividends declared per share 

2014 

2016 

Year Ended December 31, 
2015 
  $  1,398.4   $  1,467.7   $  1,513.7  
 971.9  
 541.8  
 407.0  
 15.2  
 14.2  
 —  
 105.4  

 914.6  
 553.1  
 491.3  
 21.4  
 130.5  
 —  
 (90.1) 

 832.8  
 565.6  
 424.1  
 4.7  
 0.5  
 (8.7) 
 145.0  

 (1.0) 
 24.3  
 (2.4) 
 20.9  
    (111.0) 
 1.9  

 (1.0) 
 22.6  
 (4.4) 
 17.2  
 127.8  
 43.6  
 84.2   $   (112.9)  $ 

 (0.7) 
 19.9  
 3.1  
 22.3  
 83.1  
 32.8  
 50.3  

 2.45   $ 
 34.4  

 (3.24)  $ 
 34.9  

 1.42  
 35.3  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

 2.44   $ 
 34.5  
 0.71   $ 

 (3.24)  $ 
 34.9  
 0.66   $ 

 1.42  
 35.4  
 0.58  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
     
     
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
  
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
Watts Water Technologies, Inc. and Subsidiaries 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

(Amounts in millions) 

Year Ended December 31, 
2015 

2014 

2016 

Net income (loss) 
Other comprehensive (loss) income: 
Foreign currency translation adjustments 
Reversal of foreign currency translation for sale of foreign entity, net of tax 
Interest rate swap, net of tax of $1.7 
Defined benefit pension plans, net of tax: 

Actuarial loss, net of tax benefits of $0.7 and $6.9 in 2015 and 2014, 
respectively 
Settlement, net of tax of $23.0 
Amortization of net losses included in net periodic pension cost, net of tax 
expense of $0.4 and $0.5 in 2015 and 2014, respectively 

Defined benefit pension plans settlement, amortization of net losses included 
in net periodic pension cost, net of tax 

Other comprehensive loss 
Comprehensive income (loss) 

  $   84.2   $   (112.9)  $ 

 50.3  

 (75.2) 

 (90.8) 

    (32.4) 
 6.9  
 2.9  

 —  
 —  

 —  

 (1.2) 
 36.7  

 (11.0) 
 —  

 0.6  

 0.7  

 —  
    (22.6) 

 36.1  
 (39.1) 

  $   61.6   $   (152.0)  $ 

 (10.3) 
 (101.1) 
 (50.8) 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

50 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
     
     
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
Watts Water Technologies, Inc. and Subsidiaries 

Consolidated Balance Sheets 

(Amounts in millions, except share information) 

ASSETS 
CURRENT ASSETS: 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $14.2 million in 
2016 and $10.1 million in 2015 
Inventories, net 
Prepaid expenses and other assets 
Deferred income taxes 
Assets held for sale 

Total Current Assets 

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET 
OTHER ASSETS: 

Goodwill 
Intangible assets, net 
Deferred income taxes 
Other, net 
TOTAL ASSETS 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
CURRENT LIABILITIES: 

Accounts payable 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities 
Accrued compensation and benefits 
Current portion of long-term debt 

Total Current Liabilities 

LONG-TERM DEBT, NET OF CURRENT PORTION 
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES 
OTHER NONCURRENT LIABILITIES 
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY: 

  $ 

  $ 

Preferred Stock, $0.10 par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued or 
outstanding 
Class A common stock, $0.10 par value; 80,000,000 shares authorized; 1 vote per 
share; issued and outstanding, 27,831,013 shares in 2016 and 28,049,908 shares in 
2015 
Class B common stock, $0.10 par value; 25,000,000 shares authorized; 10 votes per 
share; issued and outstanding, 6,379,290 shares in 2016 and 2015 
Additional paid-in capital 
Retained earnings 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss 

Total Stockholders’ Equity 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

  $ 

December 31, 

2016 

2015 

  $ 

 338.4   $ 

 296.2  

 198.0  
 239.4  
 40.5  
 38.6  
 3.1  
 858.0  
 189.7  

 186.4  
 240.0  
 46.1  
 38.4  
 1.9  
 809.0  
 184.4  

 532.7  
 202.5  
 1.5  
 15.9  
 1,800.3   $ 

 489.0  
 192.8  
 3.7  
 11.9  
 1,690.8  

 101.1   $ 
 136.8  
 48.5  
 139.1  
 425.5  
 511.3  
 85.7  
 41.5  

 101.7  
 145.7  
 46.5  
 1.1  
 295.0  
 574.2  
 71.8  
 44.9  

—  

—  

 2.8  

 2.8  

 0.6  
 535.2  
 348.5  
 (150.8)  
 736.3  
 1,800.3   $ 

 0.6  
 512.0  
 317.7  
 (128.2) 
 704.9  
 1,690.8  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
     
  
 
       
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2013 

 28,824,779    $ 

Watts Water Technologies, Inc. and Subsidiaries 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity 

(Amounts in millions, except share information) 

Class A 
Common Stock 

Class B 
Common Stock 

  Additional  

Other 

Total 

Paid-In    Retained   Comprehensive   Stockholders’ 

      Shares 

     Amount       Shares 

     Amount       Capital       Earnings      Income (Loss)         Equity 

  Accumulated   

 —   
 —   

 2.9    
 —   
 —   

 6,489,290    $ 

 —   
 —   

 0.6    $ 
 —   
 —   

 473.5    $ 
 —   
 —   

 513.1    $ 
 50.3   
 —   

 12.0    $ 
 —   
 (101.1) 

 10,000   

 —    

 (10,000) 

 338,841   
 —   
 (669,681) 

 12,655   
 35,471   
 —   

 28,552,065    $ 

 —   
 —   

 —   
 —   
 —   

 —   
 —   
 —   
 2.9    
 —   
 —   

 —   
 —   
 —   

 —   
 —   
 —   

 6,479,290    $ 

 —   
 —   

 —   

 —   
 —   
 —   

 —   

 —   

 11.8   
 8.6   
 —   

 —   
 —   
 (39.6) 

 —   
 —   
 —   
 0.6    $ 
 —   
 —   

 —   
 3.5   
 —   
 497.4    $ 
 —   
 —   

 (1.6) 
 (1.1) 
 (20.5) 
 500.6    $ 
 (112.9) 
 —   

 100,000   

 —   

 (100,000) 

 66,749   
 —   
 (812,540) 

 123,000   
 20,634   
 —   

 28,049,908    $ 

 —   
 —   

 217,030   
 —   
 (501,229) 

 53,714   
 11,590   
 —   

 27,831,013    $ 

 —   
 —   
 (0.1) 

 —   
 —   
 —   
 2.8    
 —   
 —   

 —   
 —   
 —   

 —   
 —   
 —   
 2.8   

 —   
 —   
 —   

 —   
 —   
 —   

 6,379,290    $ 

 —   
 —   

 —   
 —   
 —   

 —   
 —   
 —   

 6,379,290    $ 

 —   

 —   
 —   
 —   

 —   

 —   

 2.5   
 10.9   
 —   

 —   
 —   
 (44.6) 

 —   
 —   
 —   
 0.6    $ 
 —   
 —   

 —   
 1.2   
 —   
 512.0    $ 
 —   
 —   

 (1.6) 
 (0.7) 
 (23.1) 
 317.7    $ 
 84.2   
 —   

 —   
 —   
 —   
 (128.2)  $ 
 —   
 (22.6) 

 —   
 —   
 —   

 8.2   
 13.4   
 —   

 —   
 —   
 (26.8) 

 —   
 —   
 —   
 0.6    $ 

 —   
 1.6   
 —   
 535.2    $ 

 (1.6) 
 (0.5) 
 (24.5) 
 348.5    $ 

 —   
 —   
 —   

 —   
 —   
 —   
 (150.8) 

 —   

 —   
 —   
 —   

 —   
 —   
 —   
 (89.1)  $ 
 —   
 (39.1) 

 —   

 —   
 —   
 —   

 1,002.1   
 50.3   
 (101.1) 
 (50.8) 

 —   

 11.8   
 8.6   
 (39.6) 

 (1.6) 
 2.4   
 (20.5) 
 912.4   
 (112.9) 
 (39.1) 
 (152.0) 

 —   

 2.5   
 10.9   
 (44.7) 

 (1.6) 
 0.5   
 (23.1) 
 704.9   
 84.2   
 (22.6) 
 61.6   

 8.2   
 13.4   
 (26.8) 

 (1.6) 
 1.1   
 (24.5) 
 736.3   

Net income 
Other comprehensive loss 
Comprehensive loss 
Shares of Class B common stock converted to 
Class A common stock 
Shares of Class A common stock issued upon the 
exercise of stock options 
Stock-based compensation 
Stock repurchase 
Issuance of shares of restricted Class A common 
stock 
Net change in restricted stock units 
Common stock dividends 
Balance at December 31, 2014 

Net loss 
Other comprehensive loss 
Comprehensive loss 
Shares of Class B common stock converted to 
Class A common stock 
Shares of Class A common stock issued upon the 
exercise of stock options 
Stock-based compensation 
Stock repurchase 
Issuance of net shares of restricted Class A 
common stock 
Net change in restricted stock units 
Common stock dividends 
Balance at December 31, 2015 

Net income 
Other comprehensive loss 
Comprehensive loss 
Shares of Class A common stock issued upon 
the exercise of stock options 
Stock-based compensation 
Stock repurchase 
Issuance of net shares of restricted Class A 
common stock 
Net change in restricted stock units 
Common stock dividends 
Balance at December 31, 2016 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

52 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Watts Water Technologies, Inc. and Subsidiaries 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 

(Amounts in millions) 

OPERATING ACTIVITIES 

Net income (loss)  
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities: 

Depreciation 
Amortization of intangibles 
Loss on disposal, impairment of goodwill, property, plant and equipment and other 
Gain on disposition 
Gain on acquisition 
Stock-based compensation 
Deferred income taxes 
Defined benefit plans settlement 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects from business acquisitions and 
divestures: 

Accounts receivable 
Inventories 
Prepaid expenses and other assets 
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities 

Net cash provided by operating activities 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES 

Additions to property, plant and equipment 
Proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment 
Net proceeds from the sale of assets, and other 
Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired 

Net cash used in investing activities 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES 

Proceeds from long-term borrowings 
Payments of long-term debt 
Payment of capital leases and other 
Proceeds from share transactions under employee stock plans 
Tax benefit of stock awards exercised 
Payments to repurchase common stock 
Debt issuance costs 
Dividends 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents 
INCREASE (DECREASE)  IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR 
NON CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES 
Acquisition of businesses: 
Fair value of assets acquired 
Cash paid, net of cash acquired 
Gain on fair value of acquisition 
Liabilities assumed 
Acquisitions of fixed assets under financing agreement 
Issuance of stock under management stock purchase plan 
CASH PAID FOR: 

Interest 
Taxes 

Year Ended December 31, 
2015 

2016 

2014 

$ 

 84.2  

$ 

 (112.9) 

$ 

 50.3  

 30.4  
 20.8  
 3.7  
 (8.6) 
 (1.7) 
 13.4  
 3.5  
 —  

 (7.1) 
 9.8  
 4.9  
 (15.2) 
 138.1  

 (36.0) 
 0.1  
 9.9  
 (88.0) 
 (114.0) 

 688.8  
 (614.4) 
 (1.9) 
 8.2  
 0.4  
 (26.8) 
 (2.1) 
 (24.5) 
 27.7  
 (9.6) 
 42.2  
 296.2  
 338.4  

 112.6  
 88.0  
 1.7  
 22.9  
 —  
 0.7  

 20.2  
 33.5  

 31.6  
 20.9  
 132.4  
 —  
 —  
 10.9  
 (20.5) 
 59.7  

 13.0  
 21.2  
 (17.8) 
 (29.1) 
 109.4  

 (27.7) 
 0.1  
 30.7  
 (20.4) 
 (17.3) 

 —  
 (2.0) 
 (4.0) 
 2.5  
 0.3  
 (44.6) 
 —  
 (23.1) 
 (70.9) 
 (26.1) 
 (4.9) 
 301.1  
 296.2  

 29.8  
 20.4  
 —  
 9.4  
 0.2  
 0.3  

 23.1  
 24.5  

 32.9  
 15.2  
 15.3  
 —  
 —  
 8.6  
 (2.7) 
 —  

 9.6  
 21.4  
 10.9  
 (26.3) 
 135.2  

 (23.7) 
 0.4  
 —  
 (272.2) 
 (295.5) 

 275.0  
 (2.3) 
 (3.6) 
 11.8  
 2.0  
 (39.6) 
 (2.0) 
 (20.5) 
 220.8  
 (27.3) 
 33.2  
 267.9  
 301.1  

 333.0  
 272.2  
 —  
 60.8  
—  
 0.4  

 18.3  
 30.5  

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
     
     
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Watts Water Technologies, Inc. and Subsidiaries 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

(1) Description of Business 

Watts Water Technologies, Inc. (the Company), is a leading supplier of products and solutions that manage and 

conserve the flow of fluids and energy into, through and out of buildings in the residential and commercial markets of 
the Americas, Europe, Middle East and Africa (EMEA) and Asia-Pacific. For over 140 years, the Company has designed 
and produced valve systems that safeguard and regulate water systems, energy efficient heating and hydronic systems, 
drainage systems and water filtration technology that helps conserve water. 

(2) Accounting Policies 

Principles of Consolidation 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its majority and wholly owned 

subsidiaries. Upon consolidation, all intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated. 

Cash Equivalents 

Cash equivalents consist of instruments with remaining maturities of three months or less at the date of 

purchase and consist primarily of certificates of deposit and money market funds, for which the carrying amount is a 
reasonable estimate of fair value. 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 

Allowance for doubtful accounts includes reserves for bad debts, sales returns and allowances and cash 
discounts. The Company analyzes the aging of accounts receivable, individual accounts receivable, historical bad debts, 
concentration of receivables by customer, customer credit worthiness, current economic trends, and changes in customer 
payment terms. The Company specifically analyzes individual accounts receivable and establishes specific reserves 
against financially troubled customers. In addition, factors are developed in certain regions utilizing historical trends of 
sales and returns and allowances and cash discount activities to derive a reserve for returns and allowances and cash 
discounts.   

Concentration of Credit 

The Company sells products to a diversified customer base and, therefore, has no significant concentrations of 

credit risk. In 2016, 2015, and 2014, no customer accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s total sales. 

Inventories 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, using primarily the first-in, first-out method. Market value 

is determined by replacement cost or net realizable value. Historical usage is used as the basis for determining the 
reserve for excess or obsolete inventories. 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets 

Goodwill is recorded when the consideration paid for acquisitions exceeds the fair value of net tangible and 

intangible assets acquired. Goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized, but rather 
are tested for impairment at least annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that it is “more likely 
than not” that they might be impaired, such as from a change in business conditions. There were no triggering events 
identified during the year ended December 31, 2016. The Company performs its annual goodwill and indefinite-lived 
intangible assets impairment assessment in the fourth quarter of each year.  

In 2016, the Company had eight reporting units. One of these reporting units, Water Quality, had no goodwill. 
The Company performed a qualitative analysis for the remaining reporting units, which include Blücher, Dormont, US 

54 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Drains, AERCO, EMEA, Residential and Commercial, and Asia-Pacific. As of the October 30, 2016 testing date, the 
Company had approximately $493.4 million of goodwill on its balance sheet. As a result of the qualitative analyses, the 
Company determined that the fair values of the reporting units were more likely than not greater than the carrying 
amounts. In 2016, the Company did not need to proceed beyond the qualitative analysis, and no goodwill impairments 
were recorded. 

In the fourth quarter of 2015, the Company performed a quantitative impairment analysis for the EMEA 

reporting unit in connection with the annual strategic plan and due to the underperformance to budget, primarily caused 
by the continued challenging European macroeconomic environment. The Company estimated the fair value of the 
reporting unit using a weighted calculation of the income approach and the market approach. The income approach 
calculated the present value of expected future cash flows and included the impact of recent underperformance of the 
reporting unit due to the continued challenging macroeconomic environment in Europe and the Company’s lowered 
expectations for the reporting unit included in the strategic plan. The guideline public company method (market 
approach) calculated estimated fair values based on valuation multiples derived from stock prices and enterprise values 
of publicly traded companies that are comparable to the Company. In the second step of the impairment test, the carrying 
value of the goodwill exceeded the implied fair value of goodwill, resulting in a pre-tax impairment charge of $129.7 
million. There was a tax benefit associated with the impairment of $3.4 million, resulting in a net impairment charge of 
$126.3 million. 

Goodwill 

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by geographic segment are as follows: 

Gross Balance 

Accumulated Impairment Losses 

  Net Goodwill   

Year Ended December 31,2016 

  Acquired  
  Balance    During    Currency   
  January 1,  
the 
2016 

    Period (1)      and Other      

Foreign 

Impairment  
  Translation  December 31,  January 1,   Loss During  

Balance   

Balance 

2016 

2016 
(in millions) 

      the Period      

Balance 
December 31, 
2016 

  December 31,   
2016 

Americas   $  391.2  
EMEA 
    238.6  
Asia - 

Pacific  
 26.3  
Total    $  656.1  

 43.3  
   —  

 3.7  
 47.0  

 0.2  
 (3.7) 

 0.2  
 (3.3) 

 434.7   $   (24.5) 
   (129.7) 
 234.9  

 30.2  
 (12.9) 
 699.8   $  (167.1) 

—  
 —  

—  
 —  

 (24.5) 
 (129.7) 

 (12.9) 
 (167.1) 

 410.2  
 105.2  

 17.3  
 532.7  

(1)  Americas goodwill additions during 2016 include $4.2 million of goodwill resulting from an insignificant acquisition. 

Year Ended December 31,2015 

Gross Balance 
  Acquired   Foreign 
  Currency 
  During 
  Translation    December 31,    January 1,   Loss During    December 31,    December 31,  
the 

Accumulated Impairment Losses 

  Impairment   

  Net Goodwill   

  Balance 

Balance 

Balance 

      Period       and Other     

      the Period      

  Balance 
  January 1,  
2015 

Americas    $  398.0  
EMEA 
    265.5  
Asia - 

  —  
  —  

Pacific 

 12.9  
Total   $  676.4  

   12.9  
 12.9  

 (6.8) 
 (26.9) 

 0.5  
 (33.2) 

2015 

2015 
(in millions) 
 391.2   $   (24.5) 
 —  
 238.6  

 —  
   (129.7)  

 26.3  

   (12.9) 
 656.1   $   (37.4) 

—  
 (129.7)  

2015 

2015 

 (24.5) 
 (129.7) 

 (12.9) 
 (167.1) 

 366.7  
 108.9  

 13.4  
 489.0  

On November 2, 2016, the Company acquired 100% of the shares of PVI Riverside Holdings, Inc., the parent 

company of PVI Industries, LLC (“PVI”). The aggregate purchase price recorded, including an estimated working 
capital adjustment, was approximately $79.2 million. The Company accounted for the transaction as a purchased 
business combination. The Company completed a preliminary purchase price allocation that resulted in the recognition 
of $39.1 million in goodwill and $31.0 million in intangible assets as of December 31, 2016. 

On February 26, 2016, the Company acquired an additional 50% of the outstanding shares of AERCO Korea 
Co., Ltd., (“AERCO Korea”) for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $4 million. Prior to February 26, 2016, 
the Company held a 40% interest in AERCO Korea, which operated as a joint venture. On December 30, 2016, the 

55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
    
    
     
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
    
     
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company acquired the remaining 10% of the outstanding shares of AERCO Korea for $0.8 million. The Company 
completed a valuation of the assets and liabilities acquired that resulted in the recognition of $3.7 million in goodwill 
and $1.6 million in intangible assets.  

On November 30, 2015, the Company completed the acquisition of 80% of the outstanding shares of Apex 
Valves Limited (“Apex”), a New Zealand company, with a commitment to purchase the remaining 20% ownership 
within three years of closing. The aggregate purchase price was approximately $20.4 million and the Company recorded 
a liability of $5.5 million as the estimate of the acquisition date fair value on the contractual call option to purchase the 
remaining 20%.  The Company accounted for the transaction as a business combination. The Company completed a 
purchase price allocation that resulted in the recognition of $12.9 million in goodwill and $10.1 million in intangible 
assets. 

Long-Lived Assets 

Indefinite-lived intangibles are tested for impairment at least annually or more frequently if events or 
circumstances, such as a change in business conditions, indicate that it is “more likely than not” that an intangible asset 
might be impaired. The Company performs its annual indefinite-lived intangibles impairment assessment in the fourth 
quarter of each year. For the 2016, 2015 and 2014 impairment assessments, the Company performed quantitative 
assessments for all indefinite-lived intangible assets. The methodology employed was the relief from royalty method, a 
subset of the income approach. Based on the results of the assessment, the Company recognized non-cash pre-tax 
impairment charges in 2016, 2015 and 2014 of approximately $0.4 million, $0.6 million and $1.3 million, respectively. 
The impairment charge of $0.4 million in 2016 consists of an impairment charge for a trade name in the EMEA segment. 
The $0.6 million in 2015 consists of a $0.5 million impairment charge for a trade name in the Americas segment and a 
$0.1 million impairment charge for a trade name in the EMEA segment. The impairment charge of $1.3 million in 2014 
consists of a $0.5 million impairment charge for a trade name in the Americas segment and a $0.8 million impairment 
charge for a trade name in the EMEA segment. The gross carrying amount in the table below reflects the impairment 
charges. 

Intangible assets with estimable lives and other long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events 

or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or asset group may not be recoverable. 
Recoverability of intangible assets with estimable lives and other long- lived assets is measured by a comparison of the 
carrying amount of an asset or asset group to future net undiscounted pretax cash flows expected to be generated by the 
asset or asset group. If these comparisons indicate that an asset is not recoverable, the impairment loss recognized is the 
amount by which the carrying amount of the asset or asset group exceeds the related estimated fair value. Estimated fair 
value is based on either discounted future pretax operating cash flows or appraised values, depending on the nature of 
the asset. The Company determines the discount rate for this analysis based on the weighted average cost of capital using 
the market and guideline public companies for the related businesses and does not allocate interest charges to the asset or 
asset group being measured. Judgment is required to estimate future operating cash flows. 

Intangible assets include the following: 

December 31, 

2016 

2015 

Gross 

Net 

Gross 

Net 

  Carrying   Accumulated   Carrying   Carrying   Accumulated   Carrying  
     Amount      Amortization     Amount      Amount     Amortization     Amount  

Patents 
Customer relationships 
Technology 
Trade names 
Other 

Total amortizable 

intangibles 

Indefinite-lived intangible 

assets 

  $   16.1   $ 
   231.5  
 53.1  
 25.1  
 6.8  

 (14.9)  $ 

(in millions) 
 1.2   $  16.1   $ 

 (117.3) 
 (19.2) 
 (8.1) 
 (5.9) 

   114.2  
 33.9  
 17.0  
 0.9  

   212.5  
    41.3  
    21.9  
 9.4  

 (14.1)  $

 (102.1) 
 (16.1) 
 (6.4) 
 (5.9) 

 2.0  
   110.4  
 25.2  
 15.5  
 3.5  

   332.6  

 (165.4) 

   167.2  

   301.2  

 (144.6) 

   156.6  

 35.3  
  $  367.9   $ 

 —  

 35.3  
 (165.4)  $  202.5   $ 337.4   $ 

    36.2  

—  

 36.2  
 (144.6)  $ 192.8  

56 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The Company acquired $31.0 million in intangible assets as part of the PVI acquisition in 2016, consisting of 

customer relationships valued at $17.6 million, technology of $10.2 million, and the trade name of $3.2 million. The 
weighted-average amortization period in total and by asset category of customer relationships, technology, and the trade 
name is 16.1 years, 15 years, 10 years, and 20 years, respectively. 

The Company acquired $1.6 million in intangible assets as part of the AERCO Korea acquisition in 2016, 

consisting entirely of customer relationships. The weighted-average amortization period for the customer relationships 
acquired in 10 years. 

The Company acquired $10.1 million in intangible assets as part of the APEX acquisition in 2015, consisting 
primarily of customer relationships valued at $8.4 million and the trade name of $1.7 million.  The weighted-average 
amortization period in total and by asset category of customer relationships and the trade name is 13 years, 10 years and 
15 years, respectively. 

Aggregate amortization expense for amortized intangible assets for 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $20.8 million, 

$20.9 million and $15.2 million, respectively. Additionally, future amortization expense on amortizable intangible assets 
is expected to be $21.6 million for 2017, $18.4 million for 2018, $14.8 million for 2019, $14.4 million for 2020, and 
$12.7 million for 2021. Amortization expense is provided on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the 
intangible assets. The weighted-average remaining life of total amortizable intangible assets is 11.5 years. Patents, 
customer relationships, technology, trade names and other amortizable intangibles have weighted-average remaining 
lives of 3.6 years, 11.7 years, 9.1 years, 15.1 years and 19.7 years, respectively. Indefinite-lived intangible assets 
primarily include trade names and trademarks. 

Property, Plant and Equipment 

Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation is provided on a straight-line basis over the 

estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from 10 to 40 years for buildings and improvements and 3 to 15 years 
for machinery and equipment. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the lesser of the economic useful life of the 
asset or the remaining lease term. 

Taxes, Other than Income Taxes 

Taxes assessed by governmental authorities on sale transactions are recorded on a net basis and excluded from 

sales in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. 

Income Taxes 

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are 

recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts 
of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carry forwards. Deferred 
tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which 
those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a 
change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. 

The Company recognizes tax benefits when the item in question meets the more–likely–than-not (greater than 

50% likelihood of being sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities) threshold. During 2016, unrecognized tax 
benefits of the Company increased by a net amount of $0.9 million. Unrecognized tax benefits increased by 
approximately $1.1 million which was mainly related to European tax positions. Unrecognized tax benefits decreased by 
$0.2 million, whereby approximately $0.2 million was primarily related to a settlement from the completion of a 
Massachusetts audit and various statue expirations. 

As of December 31, 2016, the Company had gross unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $5.1 million, 

approximately $2.4 million of which, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate. The difference between the 
amount of unrecognized tax benefits and the amount that would affect the effective tax rate consists of the federal tax 
benefit of state income tax items and allowable correlative adjustments that are available for certain jurisdictions. 

57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax is as follows: 

Balance at January 1, 2016 
Increases related to prior year tax positions 
Decreases related to statute expirations 
Settlements 
Currency movement 
Balance at December 31, 2016 

     (in millions)   
 4.2  
  $ 
 1.1  
 (0.1) 
 (0.2) 
 0.1  
 5.1  

  $ 

The Company estimates that it is reasonably possible that the balance of unrecognized tax benefits as of 

December 31, 2016 may decrease by approximately $0.3 million in the next twelve months, as a result of lapses in 
statutes of limitations. 

In January of 2017, the United States Internal Revenue Service commenced an audit of the Company’s 2015 tax 
year.  The Company does not anticipate any material adjustments to arise as a result of the audit. The Company conducts 
business in a variety of locations throughout the world resulting in tax filings in numerous domestic and foreign 
jurisdictions. The Company is subject to tax examinations regularly as part of the normal course of business. The 
Company’s major jurisdictions are the U.S., France, Germany, Canada, and the Netherlands. The statute of limitations in 
the U.S. is subject to tax examination for 2013 and later; France, Germany, Canada and the Netherlands are subject to 
tax examination for 2011-2013 and later.  All other jurisdictions, with few exceptions, are no longer subject to tax 
examinations in state and local, or international jurisdictions for tax years before 2011. 

The Company accounts for interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as a component of income 

tax expense. 

Foreign Currency Translation 

The financial statements of subsidiaries located outside the United States generally are measured using the local 

currency as the functional currency. Balance sheet accounts, including goodwill, of foreign subsidiaries are translated 
into United States dollars at year-end exchange rates. Income and expense items are translated at weighted average 
exchange rates for each period. Net translation gains or losses are included in other comprehensive income, a separate 
component of stockholders’ equity. The Company does not provide for U.S. income taxes on foreign currency 
translation adjustments since it does not provide for such taxes on undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries. Gains 
and losses from foreign currency transactions of these subsidiaries are included in net earnings. 

Stock-Based Compensation 

The Company records compensation expense in the financial statements for share-based awards based on the 

grant date fair value of those awards. Stock-based compensation expense includes an estimate for pre-vesting forfeitures 
and is recognized over the requisite service periods of the awards on a straight-line basis, which is generally 
commensurate with the vesting term. The benefits associated with tax deductions in excess of recognized compensation 
cost are reported as a financing cash flow. 

At December 31, 2016, the Company had one stock-based compensation plan with total unrecognized 
compensation costs related to unvested stock-based compensation arrangements of approximately $16.2 million and a 
total weighted average remaining term of 1.62 years. For 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company recognized compensation 
costs related to stock-based programs of approximately $13.4 million, $10.9 million and $8.6 million, respectively. In 
2014, the Company began recognizing certain stock compensation costs in cost of goods sold based on the allocation of 
costs to its three operating segments.  For 2016 and 2015, stock compensation expense, $0.9 million and $0.4 million, 
respectively, was recorded in cost of goods sold and $12.5 million and $10.5 million, respectively, was recorded in 
selling, general and administrative expenses. For 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company recorded approximately 
$0.8 million, $0.3 million and $0.7 million, respectively, of tax benefits for the compensation expense relating to its 
stock options. For 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company recorded approximately $2.8 million, $2.0 million and 
$1.6 million, respectively, of tax benefit for its other stock-based plans. For 2016, 2015 and 2014, the recognition of total 
stock-based compensation expense impacted both basic and diluted net income per common share by $0.29, $0.25 and 
$0.10, respectively. 

58 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Income (Loss) Per Common Share 

Basic net income (loss) per common share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average 
number of common shares outstanding. The calculation of diluted net income (loss) per share assumes the conversion of 
all dilutive securities (see Note 11). 

Net income (loss) and number of shares used to compute net income (loss) per share, basic and assuming full 

dilution, are reconciled below: 

2016 

Year Ended December 31, 
2015 

2014 

Net 

Per 
Share   

Net 

Per 
Share   

Net 

Per 
Share   
Amoun
t 

     Income     Shares      Amount      Loss 

    Shares      Amount      Income      Shares     

Basic EPS 
Dilutive securities, 
principally common 
stock options 
Diluted EPS 

  $ 84.2  

   —  
  $ 84.2  

 34.4   $   2.45   $ (112.9)  

(Amounts in millions, except per share information) 
 34.9   $ (3.24)  $ 50.3  

 35.3   $ 1.42  

   (0.01) 

   —  
 0.1  
 34.5   $   2.44   $ (112.9)     34.9   $ (3.24)  $ 50.3  

   —   

   —  

 —  

   —  
 0.1  
 35.4   $ 1.42  

The computation of diluted net income (loss) per share for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 
excludes the effect of the potential exercise of options to purchase approximately 0.1 million, 0.3 million and 0.3 million 
shares, respectively, because the exercise price of the option was greater than the average market price of the Class A 
common stock and the effect would have been anti-dilutive. 

Financial Instruments 

In the normal course of business, the Company manages risks associated with commodity prices, foreign 

exchange rates and interest rates through a variety of strategies, including the use of hedging transactions, executed in 
accordance with the Company’s policies. The Company’s hedging transactions include, but are not limited to, the use of 
various derivative financial and commodity instruments. As a matter of policy, the Company does not use derivative 
instruments unless there is an underlying exposure. Any change in value of the derivative instruments would be 
substantially offset by an opposite change in the value of the underlying hedged items. The Company does not use 
derivative instruments for trading or speculative purposes. 

Derivative instruments may be designated and accounted for as either a hedge of a recognized asset or liability 
(fair value hedge) or a hedge of a forecasted transaction (cash flow hedge). For a fair value hedge, both the effective and 
ineffective portions of the change in fair value of the derivative instrument, along with an adjustment to the carrying 
amount of the hedged item for fair value changes attributable to the hedged risk, are recognized in earnings. For a cash 
flow hedge, changes in the fair value of the derivative instrument that are highly effective are deferred in accumulated 
other comprehensive income or loss until the underlying hedged item is recognized in earnings. The Company has two 
interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges and one foreign currency swap which is a non-designated cash flow 
hedge as of December 31, 2016. The Company did not have any cash flow hedges at December 31, 2015. Refer to Note 
15 for further details. 

If a fair value or cash flow hedge were to cease to qualify for hedge accounting or be terminated, it would 

continue to be carried on the balance sheet at fair value until settled, but hedge accounting would be discontinued 
prospectively. If a forecasted transaction were no longer probable of occurring, amounts previously deferred in 
accumulated other comprehensive income would be recognized immediately in earnings. On occasion, the Company 
may enter into a derivative instrument that does not qualify for hedge accounting because it is entered into to offset 
changes in the fair value of an underlying transaction which is required to be recognized in earnings (natural hedge). 
These instruments are reflected in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in 
earnings. 

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 The Company’s foreign currency derivative includes a forward foreign exchange contract related to the current 

rate exposure between the Hong Kong Dollar and the euro regarding an intercompany loan. 

Portions of the Company’s outstanding debt are exposed to interest rate risks. The Company monitors its 

interest rate exposures on an ongoing basis to maximize the overall effectiveness of its interest rates. 

Fair Value Measurements 

Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an 

exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market 
participants on the measurement date. An entity is required to maximize the use of observable inputs, where available, 
and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. 

The Company has certain financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis and 

certain nonfinancial assets and liabilities that may be measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. The fair value 
disclosures of these assets and liabilities are based on a three-level hierarchy, which is defined as follows: 

Level 1 Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the entity has the 

ability to access at the measurement date. 

Level 2 Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or 

liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active or other inputs that are observable 
or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the 
assets or liabilities. 

Level 3 Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are 

significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. 

Assets and liabilities subject to this hierarchy are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input 
that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to 
the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment and considers factors specific to the asset or liability.  Refer 
to Note 15 for further details. 

Shipping and Handling 

Shipping and handling costs included in selling, general and administrative expense amounted to $47.9 million, 

$53.5 million and $61.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. 

Research and Development 

Research and development costs included in selling, general, and administrative expense amounted to 

$26.5 million, $23.5 million and $22.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. 

Revenue Recognition 

The Company recognizes revenue when all of the following criteria have been met: the Company has entered 

into a binding agreement, the product has been shipped and title passes, the sales price to the customer is fixed or is 
determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured. Provisions for estimated returns and allowances are made at the 
time of sale, and are recorded as a reduction of sales and included in the allowance for doubtful accounts in the 
Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company records provisions for sales incentives (primarily volume rebates), as an 
adjustment to net sales, at the time of sale based on estimated purchase targets.  

Basis of Presentation 

Certain amounts in the 2015 and 2014 consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to permit 
comparison with the 2016 presentation. These reclassifications had no effect on reported results of operations or 
stockholders' equity. 

60 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Estimates 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the 

United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and 
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported 
amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. 

New Accounting Standards 

In January 2017, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update 

(ASU) 2017-04, “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment.” The new 
guidance eliminates the need to determine the fair value of individual assets and liabilities of a reporting unit to measure 
a goodwill impairment. A goodwill impairment will now be the amount by which a reporting unit’s carrying value 
exceeds its fair value. The revised guidance will be applied prospectively and is effective for calendar year-end SEC 
filers in 2020. Early adoption is permitted for any impairment tests performed after January 1, 2017. The new guidance 
is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's financial statements. 

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01 “Business Combinations (Topic 805)-Clarifying the Definition 

of a Business”, which clarifies the definition of a business to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should 
be accounted for as acquisitions or disposals of assets or businesses. The standard introduces a screen for determining 
when assets acquired are not a business and clarifies that a business must include, at a minimum, an input and a 
substantive process that contribute to an output to be considered a business. This standard is effective for fiscal years 
beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period. The adoption of this guidance 
is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.  

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-16 “Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other than Inventory.” ASU 
2016-16 provides guidance on the timing of recognition of tax consequences of an intra-entity transfer of an asset other 
than inventory. ASU 2016-16 is effective for public companies with fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, 
with early adoption permitted. The ASU requires modified retrospective application through a cumulative-effect 
adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the period of adoption. The adoption of this guidance is not 
expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements. 

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, “Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments.” 

ASU 2016-15 provides guidance on the classification of specific types of cash receipts and cash payments within the 
Statement of Cash Flows. ASU 2016-15 is effective for public companies with fiscal years beginning after December 15, 
2017, with early adoption permitted. The ASU requires retrospective application to all prior periods presented in the 
financial statements. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial 
statements. 

In April 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-10, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers-Identifying 
Performance Obligations and Licensing.” ASU 2016-10 clarifies the guidance on identifying performance obligations 
and licensing implementation guidance determined in ASU 2014-09 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 
606),” which is not yet effective. The adoption of ASU 2016-10 is not expected to have a material impact on the 
Company’s financial statements. 

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, “Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment 
Accounting.” ASU 2016-09 simplifies several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including 
the income tax consequences, classification of awards as equity or liabilities, forfeitures, and classification on the 
statement of cash flows. The Company will adopt the new standard in the first quarter of 2017. Although the impact of 
adopting this update to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements is not expected to have a material effect, the 
impact will depend on market factors and the timing and intrinsic value of future share-based compensation award vests 
and exercises. The Company has elected to account for forfeitures as they occur, rather than estimate expected 
forfeitures. The net cumulative effect of this change will be recognized as an adjustment to retained earnings as of 
January 1, 2017.  Subsequent to adoption, the Company notes the potential for volatility in its effective tax rate as any 
windfall or shortfall tax benefits related to its stock-based compensation plans will be recorded directly into results of 
operations. 

61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-08, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers-Principal versus 

Agent Consideration.” ASU 2016-08 clarifies the guidance on principal versus agent considerations determined in ASU 
2014-09 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606),” which is not yet effective. The adoption of this 
guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements. 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842).” ASU 2016-02 requires a lessee to 

recognize in the statement of financial position a liability to make lease payments and a right-of-use asset representing 
the right to use the underlying asset for the lease term for both finance and operating leases. ASU 2016-02 is effective 
for financial statements issued for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018 and all interim periods thereafter. 
Earlier application is permitted for all entities. The Company is assessing the impact of this standard on the Company’s 
financial statements. 

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-17, “Income Taxes: Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred 

Taxes.” ASU 2015-17 requires that deferred tax liabilities and assets be classified as noncurrent in a classified statement 
of financial position. ASU 2015-17 is effective for financial statements issued for annual periods beginning after 
December 15, 2016 and all interim periods thereafter. Earlier application is permitted for all entities as of the beginning 
of an interim or annual reporting period and can be applied either prospectively or retrospectively to all periods 
presented. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial 
statements. 

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-11, “Inventory: Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory.” This 
new standard changes inventory measurement from lower of cost or market to lower of cost and net realizable value.  
The standard eliminates the requirement to consider replacement cost or net realizable value less a normal profit margin 
when measuring inventory. ASU 2015-11 is effective in the first quarter of 2017 for public companies with calendar year 
ends, and should be applied prospectively with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this guidance is not expected 
to have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements. 

The FASB issued ASU 2015-03, “Interest-Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the 

Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs” effective for public companies beginning with the first interim period after 
December 15, 2015. ASU 2015-03 requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in 
the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of the debt liability, consistent with debt discounts as 
opposed to an asset. This is considered a change in accounting principle, and the Company applied the new guidance as 
of April 3, 2016 and on a retrospective basis. Therefore, the Company has restated its long-term debt and other asset 
balances in the Balance Sheet for December 31, 2015 for comparative purposes.  Refer to Note 10 below for further 
details.   

In May 2014, FASB issued ASU 2014-09, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers". ASU 2014-09 converges 

revenue recognition under U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS"). For U.S. GAAP, the 
standard generally eliminates transaction and industry-specific revenue recognition guidance. This includes current 
guidance on long-term construction-type contracts, software arrangements, real estate sales, telecommunication 
arrangements, and franchise sales. Under the new standard, revenue is recognized based on a five-step model. The FASB 
issued ASU 2015-14 in August 2015 which deferred the effective date of ASU 2014-09 for public companies to periods 
beginning after December 15, 2017, with early adoption permitted. The Company plans to adopt the new standard 
effective January 1, 2018. The Company is currently reviewing its revenue arrangements in order to evaluate the impact 
of this standard on the Company’s financial statements and its method of adoption.   

(3) Restructuring and Other Charges, Net 

The Company’s Board of Directors approves all major restructuring programs that may involve the 
discontinuance of significant product lines or the shutdown of significant facilities. From time to time, the Company 
takes additional restructuring actions, including involuntary terminations that are not part of a major program. The 
Company accounts for these costs in the period that the liability is incurred. These costs are included in restructuring 
charges in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. 

62 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A summary of the pre-tax cost by restructuring program is as follows: 

  Year Ended December 31,    
      2016        2015 

      2014 

(in millions) 

Restructuring costs: 
2015 Actions 
2013 Actions 
Other Actions 
Total restructuring 

  $   2.1   $  13.6   $ 

 —  
 3.8  
   11.3  
  $   4.7   $  21.4   $  15.2  

 —  
    2.6  

 0.5  
 7.3  

The Company recorded pre-tax restructuring in its business segments as follows: 

Year Ended December 31, 
      2014 

     2016 

      2015 
(in millions) 

Americas 
EMEA 
Asia - Pacific 
Corporate 
Total 

2015 Actions 

  $   1.6   $   9.4   $ 

 2.1  
    12.1  
 0.2  
 0.8  
  $   4.7   $  21.4   $  15.2  

 3.4  
 0.2  
   (0.5)  

 6.7  
 4.2  
 1.1  

In 2015, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a transformation program relating to the Company’s 
Americas and Asia-Pacific businesses, which primarily involved the exit of low-margin, non-core product lines (“phase 
one”). The Company eliminated approximately $165 million of the combined Americas and Asia-Pacific net sales 
primarily within the Company’s do-it-yourself (DIY) distribution channel. As part of the rationalization exercise, the 
Company entered into an agreement to sell an operating subsidiary in China that was dedicated exclusively to the 
manufacturing of products being rationalized. The sale was finalized in the second quarter of 2016, and the Company 
recognized a pre-tax gain of $8.7 million and received proceeds from the sale of $8.4 million.   

The second phase of the program involves the consolidation of manufacturing facilities and distribution center 

network optimization.  The second phase of the program involves reducing the square footage of the Company’s 
Americas facilities, which together with phase one, reduced the Americas net operating footprint by approximately 30%. 
The second phase is designed to improve the utilization of our remaining facilities, better leverage our cost structure, 
reduce working capital, and improve execution of customer delivery requirements. As of December 31, 2016, the second 
phase was substantially complete and is expected to be completed in the third quarter of 2017. 

On a combined basis, the total estimated pre-tax cost for the Company’s transformation program related to its 

Americas and Asia-Pacific businesses is approximately $65 million, including restructuring costs of $19.5 million, 
goodwill and intangible asset impairments of $13.5 million and other transformation and deployment costs of 
approximately $32 million.  The other transformation and deployment costs include consulting and project management 
fees, inventory write-offs, and other associated costs. Costs of the program are expected to be incurred through 2017. 

The following table summarizes by type, the total expected, incurred and remaining pre-tax restructuring costs 

for the Company’s transformation program related to its Americas and Asia-Pacific businesses (phase one and phase two 
combined): 

  Legal and   

Asset 

  Facility   
exit 

    Severance     consultancy      write‑downs     and other       Total   
(in millions) 

Costs incurred—2015 
Costs incurred—2016 
Remaining costs to be incurred 
Total expected restructuring costs 

   $ 

   $ 

 8.5     
 (1.5) 
 0.2  
 7.2   $ 

 0.7     
 0.2  
 0.1  
 1.0   $ 

 1.6     
 2.9  
 1.8  
 6.3   $ 

 2.8       13.6  
 2.1  
 0.5  
 1.7  
 3.8  
 5.0    $ 19.5  

63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
The following table summarizes total incurred for the year ended December 31, 2016, incurred program to date 

and expected pre-tax restructuring costs by business segment for the Company’s Americas and Asia-Pacific 2015 
transformation program: 

  Year Ended  
  December 31, 

Total 

Incurred   Expected  

2016 

      to Date       Costs 

Asia-Pacific 
Americas 
Total restructuring costs 

   $ 

   $ 

 4.4    $ 

 4.6   
 0.2    $ 
 1.9  
    14.9  
 2.1   $  15.7    $   19.5   

    11.3  

Details of the restructuring reserve activity for the Company’s Americas and Asia-Pacific 2015 transformation 

program for the year ended December 31, 2016 are as follows: 

Balance at December 31, 2014 
Net pre-tax restructuring charges 
Utilization and foreign currency impact 
Balance at December 31,2015 
Net pre-tax restructuring charges 
Utilization and foreign currency 
impact 
Balance at December 31, 2016 

  Legal and   

Asset 

  Facility   
exit 

    Severance      consultancy     write-downs     and other     Total   

(in millions) 

  $ 

 —    $ 
 8.5   
 (3.5)  
 5.0  
 (1.5) 

 —    $ 
 0.7   
 (0.3)  
 0.4  
 0.2  

 —    $ 
 1.6   
 (1.6)  
 —  
 2.9  

 —    $ 
 2.8   
 (1.8)  
 1.0  
 0.5  

 —  
  13.6  
   (7.2) 
 6.4  
 2.1  

 (2.3) 
 1.2   $ 

  $ 

 (0.6) 

 (2.9) 

 —   $ 

 —   $ 

 (1.5) 

   (7.3) 
 —   $   1.2  

Other Actions 

The Company periodically initiates other actions which are not part of a major program. In the fourth quarter of 

2015 and in the fourth quarter of 2014, management initiated certain restructuring actions and strategic initiatives with 
respect to the Company’s EMEA segment in response to the ongoing economic challenges in Europe and additional 
product rationalization. The restructuring actions included severance benefits and limited costs relating to asset write 
offs, professional fees and relocation.  

Total “Other Actions” pre-tax restructuring expense was $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. 
Included in “Other Actions” is the 2014 and 2015 EMEA restructuring initiatives, in addition to other minor initiatives 
for which the Company incurred restructuring expenses for the year ended December 31, 2016.  

The total pre-tax charge for the EMEA 2015 restructuring initiatives is expected to be approximately $10 
million, of which approximately $8.7 million was incurred as of December 31, 2016 for the program to date. The 
remaining expected costs relate to severance and legal costs and are expected to be completed in 2017.  

The total pre-tax charge for the EMEA 2014 restructuring initiatives was approximately $6.7 million, all of 

which was incurred as of December 31, 2016.  

64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
    
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table summarizes total expected, incurred and remaining pre-tax restructuring costs for the 

EMEA 2015 restructuring actions: 

  Legal and 

      Facility        
Exit 

Costs incurred-2015 
Costs incurred-2016 
Remaining costs to be incurred 
Total expected restructuring costs 

  $ 

  Severance   consultancy    and other   Total   
(in millions) 
 —    $ 
 0.5  
 0.2   
 0.7   $ 

 0.3    $  6.9  
 1.8  
 —  
 —   
 1.3  
 0.3   $ 10.0  

 6.6   $ 
 1.3  
 1.1   
 9.0   $ 

  $ 

Details of the Company’s EMEA 2015 restructuring reserve activity for the year ended December 31, 2016 are 

as follows: 

Balance at December 31, 2014 
Net pre-tax restructuring charges 
Utilization and foreign currency impact 
Balance at December 31, 2015 
Net pre-tax restructuring charges 
Utilization and foreign currency impact 
Balance at December 31, 2016 

  Legal and    Facility exit  

    Severance     Consultancy      and other       Total   

  $ 

  $ 

 —    $ 
 6.6   
 (0.2)   
 6.4  
 1.3  
 (2.9)  
 4.8   $ 

(in millions) 
 —    $ 
 —   
 —   
 —  
 0.5  
 (0.5) 

 —   $ 

 —    $   —  
   6.9  
 0.3   
  (0.5) 
 (0.3)  
 6.4  
 —  
    1.8  
 —  
 —  
   (3.4) 
 —   $   4.8  

The following table summarizes total expected, incurred and remaining pre-tax restructuring costs for the 

EMEA 2014 restructuring actions: 

Costs incurred—2014 
Costs incurred – 2015 
Costs incurred – 2016 
Total restructuring costs 

  Legal and   

Asset 

  Facility   
exit 

    Severance     consultancy     write‑downs     and other      Total   
(in millions) 

  $ 

  $ 

 6.9   $ 
 (1.0)  
 —  
 5.9   $ 

 —   $ 
 0.2  
 —  
 0.2   $ 

 —   $ 
 0.3  
 0.3  
 0.6   $ 

 —   $  6.9  
   (0.5) 
 —  
 0.3  
 —  
 —   $  6.7  

Details of the Company’s EMEA 2014 restructuring reserve activity for the year ended December 31, 2016 are 

as follows: 

Balance at December 31, 2014 
Net pre-tax restructuring charges 
Utilization and foreign currency impact 
Balance at December 31, 2015 
Net pre-tax restructuring charges 
Utilization and foreign currency impact 
Balance at December 31, 2016 

(4) Sale of Business 

Gain on Sale of China Operating Subsidiary 

  Legal and   

Asset 

    Severance     consultancy     write-downs       Total   

  $ 

  $ 

 6.9    $ 
 (1.0)   
 (3.3)   
 2.6  
 —  
 (2.1)  
 0.5   $ 

(in millions) 
 —    $ 
 0.2   
 (0.2)  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —   $ 

 —    $  6.9  
  (0.5) 
 0.3   
  (3.8) 
 (0.3)  
 2.6  
 —  
 0.3  
 0.3  
   (2.4) 
 (0.3) 
 —   $  0.5  

On September 22, 2015, the Company signed an agreement to sell an operating subsidiary in China that was 

dedicated to the production of non-core products. The sale was finalized in the second quarter of 2016, and the Company 
received proceeds of $8.4 million from the sale as of the fourth quarter of 2016. The Company recognized a pre-tax gain 

65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
of $8.7 million, which includes a non-cash accumulated currency translation adjustment of $7.3 million. The net after-
tax gain was approximately $8.3 million. 

Sale of Certain Americas Product Lines 

On September 15, 2015, the Company completed the sale of certain assets related to the Company’s fittings, 
brass and tubular and vinyl tubing product lines to a third party in an all-cash transaction.  The Company received net 
cash proceeds of approximately $33.1 million, after inventory adjustments and transaction fees.  Total net assets sold 
were $33.4 million, resulting in an immaterial loss. 

The carrying amounts of the net assets sold were as follows: 

Inventories, net 
Other assets 
Property, plant and equipment, net 
Goodwill 
Total net assets sold 

(5) Business Acquisitions 

PVI Industries, LLC 

      (in millions) 
 21.9 
   $ 
 3.1 
 4.3 
 4.1 
 33.4 

   $ 

On November 2, 2016, the Company acquired 100% of the shares of PVI. The aggregate purchase price 

recorded, including an estimated working capital adjustment, was approximately $79.2 million, and is subject to final 
post-closing working capital adjustments.  

PVI is a leading manufacturer of commercial stainless steel water heating equipment, focused on the high 

capacity market in North America and is based in Fort Worth, Texas. PVI’s water heater product offering complements 
AERCO’s boiler products, allowing the Company to address customers’ heating and hot water requirements.  The results 
of operations for PVI are included in the Company’s Americas segment since the date of acquisition. The Company has 
determined that both the pro-forma and actual results, including PVI’s net sales, net income, and earnings per share, are 
not material to the Company’s financial results, and therefore has not included these disclosures. 

The Company accounted for the transaction as a purchased business combination and the acquisition was 

funded partially with available cash and partially from borrowings under the Company’s Credit Agreement. The 
Company completed a preliminary purchase price allocation that resulted in the recognition of $39.1 million in goodwill 
and $31.0 million in intangible assets. The intangible assets acquired consist of customer relationships valued at $17.6 
million with estimated lives of 15 years, developed technology valued at $10.2 million with estimated lives of 10 years, 
and the trade name valued at $3.2 million, with estimated lives of 20 years.  The goodwill is attributable to the workforce 
of PVI and the strategic platform adjacency that will allow Watts to extend its product offerings as a result of the 
acquisition.  Approximately $6.9 million of the goodwill is deductible for tax purposes.  The following table summarizes 
the value of the assets and liabilities acquired (in millions): 

66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts receivable 
Inventory 
Fixed assets 
Deferred tax assets 
Other assets 
Intangible assets 
Goodwill 
Accounts payable 
Accrued expenses and other 
Deferred tax liability 
Purchase price 

AERCO KOREA 

     $ 

  $ 

 5.8  
 12.9  
 8.5  
 1.3  
 1.4  
 31.0  
 39.1  
 (2.7) 
 (8.5) 
 (9.6) 
 79.2  

On February 26, 2016, the Company acquired an additional 50% of the outstanding shares of AERCO Korea 

for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $4 million. Prior to February 26, 2016, the Company held a 40% 
interest in AERCO Korea, which operated as a joint venture. The Company acquired the remaining 10% ownership in 
the fourth quarter of 2016 and now owns 100% of AERCO Korea.  AERCO Korea strengthens Watts’ strategic vision to 
expand solutions sales into the Korean market. The Company accounted for the transaction as a step acquisition within a 
business combination. The Company recognized a $1.7 million pre-tax gain on the previously held 40% ownership 
interest in the first quarter of 2016. 

The Company completed a valuation of the assets and liabilities acquired that resulted in the recognition of $3.3 
million in goodwill, $1.6 million in intangible assets and $0.8 million as the estimate of the acquisition date fair value on 
commitment to purchase the remaining 10% ownership by December 31, 2017. The intangible assets acquired consisted 
entirely of customer relationships. The amortization period of these customer relationships is 10 years. The goodwill is 
not deductible for tax purposes. The balance sheet and results of operations for AERCO Korea are included in the 
Company’s Asia-Pacific segment since acquisition date. The results of AERCO Korea are not material to the Company’s 
consolidated financial statements. 

APEX 

On November 30, 2015, the Company completed the acquisition of 80% of the outstanding shares of Apex. 
Apex specializes in the design and manufacturing of control valves for low and high pressure hot water and filtration 
systems. Apex also produces an extensive range of float and reservoir valves for the agricultural industry. The aggregate 
purchase price was approximately $20.4 million and the Company recorded a long-term liability of $5.5 million as the 
estimate of the acquisition date fair value on the contractual call option to purchase the remaining 20% within three years 
of closing.  

The Company accounted for the transaction as a business combination. The Company completed a purchase 

price allocation that resulted in the recognition of $12.9 million in goodwill and $10.1 million in intangible assets. 
Intangible assets consist primarily of customer relationships with an estimated life of 10 years and a trade name with an 
estimated life of 15 years. The goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. The results of operations for Apex are 
included in the Company’s Asia-Pacific segment since acquisition date. The results of Apex are not material to the 
Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(6) Inventories, net 

Inventories consist of the following: 

Raw materials 
Work-in-process 
Finished goods 

December 31, 

2016 

2015 

(in millions) 

  $ 

 81.5   $ 
 13.7  
    144.2  

 88.5 
 15.2 
    136.3 
  $   239.4   $   240.0 

Raw materials, work-in-process and finished goods are net of valuation reserves of $28.4 million and 
$28.6 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Finished goods of $13.0 million and $14.8 million as of 
December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, were consigned. 

(7) Property, Plant and Equipment 

Property, plant and equipment consist of the following: 

December 31, 

2016 

2015 

(in millions) 

Land 
Buildings and improvements 
Machinery and equipment 
Construction in progress 

Accumulated depreciation 

(8) Income Taxes  

  $ 

 13.7   $ 

 12.5  
    146.8  
    325.8  
 13.5  
    498.6  
   (314.2) 
  $   189.7   $   184.4  

    146.9  
    323.4  
 14.1  
    498.1  
   (308.4)  

The significant components of the Company’s deferred income tax liabilities and assets are as follows: 

December 31, 

2016 

2015 

(in millions) 

  $ 

 15.5   $ 
 55.2  
 20.4  
 6.1  
 97.2  

 16.2  
 48.1  
 17.8  
 4.5  
 86.6  

 22.9  
 1.4  
 7.3  
 13.5  
 13.5  
 58.6  
 (7.1) 
 51.5  

 26.8  
 3.6  
 8.9  
 13.1  
 14.0  
 66.4  
 (9.5) 
 56.9  
  $   (45.7)  $   (29.7) 

Deferred income tax liabilities: 

Excess tax over book depreciation 
Intangibles 
Goodwill 
Other 

Total deferred tax liabilities 

Deferred income tax assets: 

Accrued expenses 
Capital loss carry forward 
Net operating loss carry forward 
Inventory reserves 
Other 

Total deferred tax assets 

Less: valuation allowance 
Net deferred tax assets 
Net deferred tax liabilities 

68 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
     
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
     
  
 
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
The provision for income taxes is based on the following pre-tax income: 

Domestic 
Foreign 

The provision for income taxes consists of the following: 

Current tax expense: 

Federal 
Foreign 
State 

Deferred tax expense (benefit): 

Federal 
Foreign 
State 

     2014 

      2016 

Year Ended December 31, 
2015 
(in millions) 
  $  64.8   $ (25.8)  $  44.2  
    38.9  
  $  63.0  
  $  127.8   $ (111.0)  $  83.1  

(85.2) 

Year Ended December 31, 

      2016 

      2015 

      2014 

(in millions) 

  $   18.3   $ 
 17.2  
 3.9  
 39.4  

 3.4   $   12.8  
 20.4  
 18.1  
 2.7  
 2.0  
 35.9  
 23.5  

 3.6  
 0.6  
 —  
 4.2  
  $   43.6   $ 

    (13.6) 
 (7.0) 
 (1.0) 
    (21.6) 

 2.1  
 (5.2) 
 —  
 (3.1) 
 1.9   $   32.8  

Actual income taxes reported are different than what would have been computed by applying the federal 

statutory tax rate to income before income taxes. The reasons for these differences are as follows: 

Computed expected federal income expense 
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit 
Foreign tax rate differential 
Goodwill impairment 
Change in valuation allowance 
Other, net 

Year Ended December 31, 

      2016 

      2015 

      2014 

(in millions) 
  $   44.7   $  (38.8)  $   29.1  
 0.8  
 2.1  
 7.5  
 (4.2)  
 29.0  
 3.2  
 (1.8) 
 —  
 2.6  
 5.2  
 1.9   $   32.8  

 2.2  
 (6.7)  
 —  
 —  
 3.4  
  $   43.6   $ 

At December 31, 2016, the Company had foreign net operating loss carry forwards of $27.2 million for income 

tax purposes before considering valuation allowances; $22.9 million of the losses can be carried forward indefinitely, 
and $4.3 million expire in 2023. The net operating losses consist of $22.9 million related to Austrian operations and 
$4.3 million to Dutch operations. 

At December 31, 2016, the Company has U.S. capital loss carry forwards of $1.5 million for income tax 

purposes before considering valuation allowances; $1.0 million expire in 2017 and $0.5 million expire in 2018. 

At December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the Company had valuation allowances of $7.2 million and 

$9.5 million, respectively.  At December 31, 2016, $1.5 million relates to U.S. capital losses and $5.7 million relates to 
Austrian net operating losses. At December 31, 2015, $3.6 million related to U.S. capital losses and $5.9 million related 
to Austrian net operating losses. Management believes that the ability of the Company to use such losses within the 
applicable carry forward period does not rise to the level of the more likely than not threshold. The Company does not 
have a valuation allowance on other deferred tax assets, as management believes that it is more likely than not that the 
Company will recover the net deferred tax assets.  Management believes it is more likely than not that the future 
reversals of the deferred tax liabilities, together with forecasted income, will be sufficient to fully recover the deferred 
tax assets. 

69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
Changes enacted in income tax laws had no material effect on the Company in 2016, 2015 or 2014. 

Undistributed earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries amounted to approximately $346.1 million at 
December 31, 2016, $366.1 million at December 31, 2015, and $386.0 million at December 31, 2014. Those earnings 
are considered to be indefinitely reinvested and, accordingly, no provision for U.S. federal and state income taxes has 
been recorded thereon. Upon distribution of those earnings, in the form of dividends or otherwise, the Company will be 
subject to withholding taxes payable to the various foreign countries. Determination of the amount of U.S. income tax 
liability that would be incurred is not practicable because of the complexities associated with its hypothetical calculation; 
however, unrecognized foreign tax credits may be available to reduce some portion of any U.S. income tax liability.  

(9) Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities consist of the following: 

December 31,  

2016 

2015 

(in millions) 

Commissions and sales incentives payable 
Product liability and workers’ compensation 
Other 
Income taxes payable 

(10) Financing Arrangements 

The Company’s debt consists of the following: 

  $ 

 36.0   $ 
 28.1  
 68.6  
 4.1  

 35.6  
 30.7  
 75.5  
 3.9  
  $   136.8   $   145.7  

5.85% notes due April 2016 
5.05% notes due June 2020 
Term Loan due February 2021 
Term Loan due December 2017 
Line of Credit matures February 2019 
Line of Credit matures February 2021 
Other—consists primarily of European borrowings (at interest rates 
ranging from 1.1% to 6.0%) 
Total debt outstanding 
Less debt issuance costs (deduction from debt liability) 
Less current maturities 
Total long-term debt 

  $ 

December 31, 

2016 

2015 

(in millions) 
 —   $   225.0  
 75.0  
 —  
 —  
    275.0  
 —  

 75.0  
 300.0  
 115.8  
 —  
 162.0  

 0.8  
    653.6  
 (3.2) 
   (139.1) 

 2.3  
    577.3  
 (2.0) 
 (1.1) 
  $   511.3   $   574.2  

Principal payments during each of the next five years and thereafter are due as follows (in millions): 2017—

$139.1; 2018—$22.5; 2019—$30.0; 2020—$105.0; and 2021—$357.0.  

On February 12, 2016, the Company terminated its prior credit agreement and entered into a new Credit 
Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) among the Company, certain subsidiaries of the Company who become borrowers 
under the Credit Agreement, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and Letter of 
Credit Issuer, and the other lenders referred to therein. The Credit Agreement provides for a $500 million, five-year, 
senior unsecured revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”) with a sublimit of up to $100 million in 
letters of credit. The Credit Agreement also provides for a $300 million, five-year, term loan facility (the “Term Loan 
Facility”) available to the Company in a single draw. Borrowings outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility bear 
interest at a fluctuating rate per annum equal to an applicable percentage defined as (i) in the case of Eurocurrency rate 
loans, the ICE Benchmark Administration LIBOR rate plus an applicable percentage, ranging from 0.975% to 1.45%, 
determined by reference to the Company’s consolidated leverage ratio, or (ii) in the case of base rate loans and swing 
line loans, the highest of (a) the federal funds rate plus 0.5%, (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as announced 
by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as its “prime rate,” and (c) the ICE Benchmark Administration LIBOR rate plus 1.0%, 

70 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
     
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
     
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
plus an applicable percentage, ranging from 0.00% to 0.45%, determined by reference to the Company’s consolidated 
leverage ratio. Borrowings outstanding under the Term Loan Facility will bear interest at a fluctuating rate per annum 
equal to an applicable percentage defined as the ICE Benchmark Administration LIBOR rate plus an applicable 
percentage, ranging from 1.125% to 1.75%, determined by reference to the Company’s consolidated leverage ratio. The 
interest rates as of December 31, 2016 on the Revolving Credit Facility and on the Term Loan Facility were 1.94% and 
2.13%, respectively.   

The loan under the Term Loan Facility amortizes as follows: 0% per annum during the first year, 7.5% in the 
second and third years, 10% in the fourth and fifth years, and the remaining unpaid balance paid in full on the maturity 
date. Payments when due are made ratably each year in quarterly installments. In addition to paying interest under the 
Credit Agreement, the Company is also required to pay certain fees in connection with the credit facility, including, but 
not limited to, an unused facility fee and letter of credit fees. The Credit Agreement matures on February 12, 2021, 
subject to extension under certain circumstances and subject to the terms of the Credit Agreement. The Company may 
repay loans outstanding under the Credit Agreement from time to time without premium or penalty, other than 
customary breakage costs, if any, and subject to the terms of the Credit Agreement. Once repaid, amounts borrowed 
under the Term Loan Facility may not be borrowed again.  

The Company maintains letters of credit that guarantee its performance or payment to third parties in 
accordance with specified terms and conditions. Amounts outstanding were approximately $25.6 million as of December 
31, 2016 and $24.8 million as of December 31, 2015. The Company’s letters of credit are primarily associated with 
insurance coverage. The Company’s letters of credit generally expire within one year of issuance and are drawn down 
against the revolving credit facility. These instruments may exist or expire without being drawn down. Therefore, they 
do not necessarily represent future cash flow obligations. 

On April 28, 2016, the Company borrowed $230 million under the Revolving Credit Facility to pay off all 
amounts outstanding under its $225 million of 5.85% Senior Notes due April 30, 2016 (the “April 2016 Notes”). On 
November 1, 2016, the Company borrowed $45 million under the Revolving Credit Facility in order to finance the 
acquisition of PVI.  

On December 16, 2016, Watts International Holdings Limited (“Watts International”), a wholly owned 
subsidiary of the Company, entered into a Facility Agreement (the “Facility Agreement”) among Watts International, as 
original borrower and original guarantor, Watts Water Technologies EMEA B.V., a wholly owned subsidiary of the 
Company (“Watts EMEA”), as original guarantor, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as sole bookrunner and sole lead 
arranger (“JP Morgan Chase Bank”), J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, as agent to the financial parties, and the other lenders 
referred to therein. The Facility Agreement provides for a €110 million, 364 day, term loan facility available to the 
Company in a single draw. On December 20, 2016, Watts International borrowed the full amount available for 
borrowing under the Facility Agreement. The loan made on December 20, 2016 bears interest at a rate per annum equal 
to (i) the Euro InterBank Offered Rate (EURIBOR), provided that if such rate is less than zero, then EURIBOR shall be 
deemed to be zero, plus (ii) a margin of 1.875%, provided that if no event of default is continuing and Watts 
International’s consolidated leverage ratio is at a specified level, the margin shall decrease to 1.50%. Accrued interest on 
the loan is payable on the last day of each interest period. The first interest period is set at one month and may be 
changed subsequently to a period of one, two, or three months (or such other period agreed with all the lenders). The 
loan under the Facility Agreement is required to be repaid on the following schedule: €15,000,000 on June 30, 2017; 
€15,000,000 on September 29, 2017; and the remaining balance on December 19, 2017. 

Watts International’s obligations under the Facility Agreement are guaranteed by Watts EMEA with a cross 

guarantee from Watts International. The Facility Agreement matures on December 19, 2017, subject to the terms of the 
Facility Agreement. Watts International may prepay all or a portion of the loan outstanding under the Facility Agreement 
from time to time (subject to prepaying a minimum amount) without premium or penalty, other than customary breakage 
costs, if any, and subject to the terms of the Facility Agreement. Once repaid, amounts borrowed under the Facility 
Agreement may not be borrowed again. If the Registrant ceases to control Watts International, the lenders may cancel 
their commitments and declare the loan immediately due and payable. 

The Facility Agreement imposes various restrictions on Watts International and its subsidiaries, including 

restrictions pertaining to: (i) the incurrence of additional indebtedness, (ii) limitations on liens, (iii) making distributions, 
dividends and other payments, (iv) mergers, consolidations and acquisitions, (v) dispositions of assets, and (vi) the 
requirement to meet a certain consolidated leverage ratio and a certain consolidated cash to debt ratio. 

71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Substantially all of the proceeds of the borrowings made on December 20, 2016 under the Facility Agreement 

were used to pay down $113 million outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility. 

As of December 31, 2016, the Company had $312.4 million of unused and available credit under the Credit 

Agreement and $25.6 million of stand-by letters of credit outstanding on the Credit Agreement. The Company had $300 
million of borrowings outstanding on the term loan as of December 31, 2016. As of December 31, 2016, the Company 
was in compliance with all covenants related to the Credit Agreement and the Facility Agreement. 

During 2015 the Company was a party to a Credit Agreement (the Prior Credit Agreement) among the 

Company, certain subsidiaries of the Company who become borrowers under the Prior Credit Agreement, JPMorgan 
Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and Letter of Credit Issuer, and the other lenders 
referred to therein. The Prior Credit Agreement provided for a $500 million, five-year, senior unsecured revolving credit 
facility which could have been increased by an additional $500 million under certain circumstances and subject to the 
terms of the Prior Credit Agreement. The Prior Credit Agreement had a sublimit of up to $100 million in letters of credit. 
This credit agreement was terminated in February 2016. 

On June 18, 2010, the Company entered into a note purchase agreement with certain institutional investors (the 

2010 Note Purchase Agreement). Pursuant to the 2010 Note Purchase Agreement, the Company issued senior notes of 
$75.0 million in principal, due June 18, 2020. The Company will pay interest on the outstanding balance of the Notes at 
the rate of 5.05% per annum, payable semi-annually on June 18th and December 18th until the principal on the Notes 
shall become due and payable. The Company may, at its option, upon notice, and subject to the terms of the 2010 Note 
Purchase Agreement, prepay at any time all or part of the Notes in an amount not less than $1.0 million by paying the 
principal amount plus a make-whole amount, which is dependent upon the yield of respective U.S. Treasury securities. 
The 2010 Note Purchase Agreement includes operational and financial covenants, with which the Company is required 
to comply, including, among others, maintenance of certain financial ratios and restrictions on additional indebtedness, 
liens and dispositions. As of December 31, 2016, the Company was in compliance with all covenants related to the 2010 
Note Purchase Agreement. 

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03, “Interest-Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying 

the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs.” This ASU requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt 
liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of the debt liability, consistent 
with debt discounts as opposed to an asset. This ASU was effective for public companies beginning with the first interim 
period after December 15, 2015. This is considered a change in accounting principle, and the new guidance has been 
applied on a retrospective basis. As of December 31, 2016, the Company had total debt outstanding of $653.6 million 
and total unamortized debt issuance costs on the debt outstanding of $3.2 million. The long-term debt, net of current 
portion and net of debt issuance costs was $511.3 million as of December 31, 2016. As of December 31, 2015, the 
Company had total debt outstanding of $577.3 million and total unamortized debt issuance costs on the debt outstanding 
of $2.0 million. The long-term debt, net of current portion was $576.2 million as of December 31, 2015.  In order to 
apply the guidance on a retrospective basis, the Company reclassified debt issuance costs as of December 31, 2015 from 
other assets against total long-term debt outstanding. Therefore, the restated long-term debt, net of current portion 
balance as of December 31, 2015 is $574.2 million, and the restated other long-term asset balance as of December 31, 
2015 is $11.9 million. 

(11) Common Stock 

The Class A common stock and Class B common stock have equal dividend and liquidation rights. Each share 
of the Company’s Class A common stock is entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to stockholders, and each share 
of Class B common stock is entitled to ten votes on all such matters. Shares of Class B common stock are convertible 
into shares of Class A common stock on a one-to-one basis at the option of the holder. As of December 31, 2016, the 
Company had reserved a total of 2,773,562 shares of Class A common stock for issuance under its stock-based 
compensation plans and 6,379,290 shares for conversion of Class B common stock to Class A common stock. 

On July 27, 2015, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $100 million of the 
Company’s Class A common stock from time to time on the open market or in privately negotiated transactions.  In 
connection with this stock repurchase program, the Company entered into a Rule 10b5-1 plan, which permits shares to 

72 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
be repurchased when the Company might otherwise be precluded from doing so under insider trading laws.  The 
repurchase program may be suspended or discontinued at any time, subject to the terms of the Rule 10b5-1 plan the 
Company entered into with respect to the repurchase program. As of December 31, 2016, there was approximately $56.0 
million remaining authorized for share repurchases under this program. 

On April 30, 2013, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $90 million of the 
Company’s Class A common stock from time to time on the open market or in privately negotiated transactions.  The 
stock repurchase program was completed in September 2015, after the Company expended the entire $90 million 
authorized under the program. 

The following table summarizes the cost and the number of shares of Class A common stock repurchased under 

the April 30, 2013 and July 27, 2015 programs for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015: 

Year Ended December 31, 

2016 

2015 

  Number of shares  Cost of shares   Number of shares  Cost of shares  
     repurchased  

     repurchased     

repurchased 

repurchased 

Stock repurchase programs: 

April 30, 2013  
July 27, 2015  

Total  

(amounts in millions, except share amount) 

 —    $ 

 501,229  
 501,229    $ 

 —   
 26.8   
 26.8   

 497,010    $ 
 315,530  
 812,540    $ 

 27.3  
 17.3  
 44.6  

(12) Stock-Based Compensation 

As of December 31, 2016, the Company maintains one stock incentive plan, the Second Amended and Restated 

2004 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2004 Stock Incentive Plan”). At December 31, 2016, 1,402,580 shares of Class A 
common stock were authorized for future grants of new equity awards under this plan. Under this plan, key employees 
have been granted nonqualified stock options to purchase the Company’s Class A common stock. Options typically 
become exercisable over a four-year period at the rate of 25% per year and expire ten years after the grant date. 
However, most options granted in 2014 become exercisable over a three-year period at a rate of one-third per year.  
Options granted under the plan may have exercise prices of not less than 100% of the fair market value of the Class A 
common stock on the date of grant. The Company’s current practice has been to grant all options at fair market value on 
the grant date. Beginning in 2015, the Company stopped granting stock options as part of its annual equity awards to 
employees and the Company did not issue any stock options for 2016 or 2015. 

The Company grants shares of restricted stock and deferred shares to key employees and stock awards to 

non-employee members of the Company’s Board of Directors under the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan. Stock awards to 
non-employee members of the Company’s Board of Directors vest immediately. Employees’ restricted stock awards and 
deferred shares typically vest over a three-year period at the rate of one-third per year, except that most restricted stock 
awards and deferred shares granted in 2014 vest over a two-year period at the rate of 50% per year. 

The Company also grants performance stock units to key employees under the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan.  

Performance stock units cliff vest at the end of a performance period set by the Compensation Committee of the Board 
of Directors at the time of grant.  Upon vesting, the number of shares of the Company’s Class A common stock awarded 
to each performance stock unit recipient will be determined based on the Company’s performance relative to certain 
performance goals set at the time the performance stock units were granted. The recipient of a performance stock unit 
award may earn from zero shares to twice the number of target shares awarded to such recipient. The performance stock 
units are amortized to expense over the vesting period, and based on the Company’s performance relative to the 
performance goals, may be adjusted. Changes to the estimated shares expected to vest will result in adjustments to the 
related share-based compensation expense that will be recorded in the period of change. If the performance goals are not 
met, no awards are earned and previously recognized compensation expense is reversed. The Company granted 
performance stock units in 2014, 2015 and 2016. The performance goals for the performance stock units are based on the 
compound annual growth rate of the Company’s revenue over the three-year performance period and the Company’s 
return on invested capital (“ROIC”) for the third year of the performance period.   

The Company also has a Management Stock Purchase Plan that allows for the granting of restricted stock units 

(RSUs) to key employees. On an annual basis, key employees may elect to receive a portion of their annual incentive 

73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
compensation in RSUs instead of cash. Each RSU provides the key employee with the right to purchase a share of 
Class A common stock at 67% of the fair market value on the date of grant. Beginning with annual incentive 
compensation for 2016 and RSUs granted in 2017, the purchase price for RSUs will be increased to 80% of the fair 
market value of the Company’s Class A common stock. RSUs vest either annually over a three-year period from the 
grant date or upon the third anniversary of the grant date and receipt of the shares underlying RSUs is deferred for a 
minimum of three years or such greater number of years as is chosen by the employee. An aggregate of 2,000,000 shares 
of Class A common stock may be issued under the Management Stock Purchase Plan. At December 31, 2016, 803,562 
shares of Class A common stock were authorized for future grants under the Company’s Management Stock Purchase 
Plan. 

2004 Stock Incentive Plan 

At December 31, 2016, total unrecognized compensation cost related to the unvested stock options was 

approximately $0.6 million with a total weighted average remaining term of 0.6 years. For 2016, 2015 and 2014, the 
Company recognized compensation cost of $1.1 million, $1.9 million and $2.6 million, respectively.  

The following is a summary of stock option activity and related information: 

Year Ended December 31, 

2016 

  Weighted   Weighted  
  Average   Average  
Intrinsic  
  Exercise  

2015 
  Weighted  
  Average  
  Exercise  

2014 
  Weighted  
  Average  
  Exercise  

     Options     Price 

      Value 

    Options      Price 

    Options      Price 

(Options in thousands) 

Outstanding at beginning of 
year 
Granted 
Cancelled/Forfeitures 
Exercised 
Outstanding at end of year 
Exercisable at end of year 

 362   $  48.46  
 —  
   52.93  
   43.31  

 —  
 (43) 
 (189) 
 130   $  54.46   $ 10.74   
 82   $  53.38   $ 11.82   

 495   $ 47.34  
 —  
 —  
   51.66  
 (69)  
 (64)  
   36.29  
 362   $ 48.46  
 192   $ 45.10  

 1,029   $  41.66  
   57.58  
 114  
   44.19  
 (306) 
 (342) 
   36.48  
 495   $  47.34  
 128   $  40.04  

As of December 31, 2016, the aggregate intrinsic value of exercisable options was approximately $1.0 million, 
representing the total pre-tax intrinsic value, based on the Company’s closing Class A common stock price of $65.20 as 
of December 31, 2016, which would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their 
options as of that date. The total intrinsic value of options exercised for 2016, 2015 and 2014 was approximately 
$3.5 million, $1.2 million and $8.2 million, respectively. 

Upon exercise of options, the Company issues shares of Class A common stock. 

The following table summarizes information about options outstanding at December 31, 2016: 

Options Outstanding 

Options Exercisable 

Range of Exercise Prices    Outstanding     

Number 

  Weighted Average 
  Remaining Contractual  
Life (years) 

  Weighted Average 

Exercise 
Price 

Number   
     Exercisable    

  Weighted Average  
Exercise 
Price 

$29.05-$37.41 
$54.76–$54.76 
$57.47–$60.10 

 11,300  
 57,769   
 61,414   
 130,483   

(Options in thousands) 
 35.01  
 54.76   
 57.76   
 54.46   

 5.30   $ 
 6.46  
 7.22  
 6.72   $ 

 11,300   $ 
 34,020  
 36,736  
 82,056   $ 

 35.01  
 54.76  
 57.75  
 53.38  

74 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
  
 
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
The fair value of each option granted under the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan is estimated on the date of grant, 

using the Black-Scholes-Merton Model, based on the following weighted average assumptions: 

Expected life (years) 
Expected stock price volatility 
Expected dividend yield 
Risk-free interest rate 

  Year ended December 31, 2014 
 6.0  
 37.5 %    
 1.0 %    
 1.9 %    

The risk-free interest rate is based upon the U.S. Treasury yield curve at the time of grant for the respective 

expected life of the option. The expected life (estimated period of time outstanding) of options and volatility were 
calculated using historical data. The expected dividend yield of stock is the Company’s best estimate of the expected 
future dividend yield. 

The above assumptions were used to determine the weighted average grant-date fair value of stock options of 

$20.04 for the year ended December 31, 2014. There were no stock options granted in 2015 or 2016. 

The following is a summary of unvested restricted stock and deferred shares activity and related information: 

2014 
  Weighted   
  Average   
  Grant Date 
    Shares      Fair Value      Shares      Fair Value      Shares     Fair Value  

Year Ended December 31, 
2015 
  Weighted   
  Average   
  Grant Date 

2016 
  Weighted   
  Average   
  Grant Date 

Unvested at beginning of year 
Granted 

Cancelled/Forfeitures 
Vested 
Unvested at end of year 

 244   $   52.61  
 140  

 56.33    180  

   50.87    151  

260   $  45.58  
   56.79  

(Shares in thousands) 
214   $  53.74  

 54.43 

   (132) 
 (42) 
 210   $   53.79  

(28) 
 53.10    (122) 

   53.99   
(95) 
   51.72    (102) 

   46.83  
   44.87  
244   $  52.61    214   $  53.74  

The total fair value of shares vested during 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $7.9 million, $6.6 million and 
$5.9 million, respectively. At December 31, 2016, total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested restricted 
stock and deferred shares was approximately $7.9 million with a total weighted average remaining term of 1.72 years. 
For 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company recognized compensation costs of $7.6 million, $6.7 million and $4.8 million, 
respectively. 

The aggregate intrinsic value of restricted stock and deferred shares granted and outstanding approximated 

$13.7 million representing the total pre-tax intrinsic value based on the Company’s closing Class A common stock price 
of $65.20 as of December 31, 2016. 

The following is a summary of unvested performance share award activity and related information: 

Year Ended December 31, 

2016 
  Weighted   
Average   
  Grant Date  

2015 
  Weighted    
Average    
  Grant Date   
      Shares        Fair Value       Shares      Fair Value   
(Shares in thousands) 
 107  
 56.97  
 106   $   58.94  
 (12) 
 57.51  
 201   $   57.98  

 201     $   57.98  
 55.27  
 107  
 (41) 
 57.56  
 267   $   56.96  

Unvested at beginning of year 
Granted 
Cancelled/Forfeitures 
Unvested at end of year 

75 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
At December 31, 2016, total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested performance shares was 

approximately $6.3 million with a total weighted average remaining term of 1.53 years. For 2016 and 2015, the 
Company recognized compensation costs of $4.0 million and $1.7 million, respectively. 

The aggregate intrinsic value of performance shares granted and outstanding approximated $17.4 million 

representing the total pre-tax intrinsic value based on the Company’s closing Class A common stock price of $65.20 as 
of December 31, 2016. 

Management Stock Purchase Plan 

Total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested RSUs was approximately $1.5 million at December 
31, 2016 with a total weighted average remaining term of 1.8 years. For 2016, 2015 and 2014 the Company recognized 
compensation cost of $0.7 million, $0.6 million and $0.5 million, respectively. Dividends declared for RSUs, that are 
paid to individuals, that remain unpaid at December 31, 2016 total approximately $0.1 million. 

A summary of the Company’s RSU activity and related information is shown in the following table: 

Year Ended December 31, 

2016 

  Weighted   Weighted   
Average    Average 
Intrinsic 
Purchase  

      RSUs        Price 

     Value 

      RSUs 

2015 
  Weighted  
  Average   
  Purchase  
     Price 

2014 
  Weighted   
  Average    
  Purchase   

      RSUs        Price 

Outstanding at beginning of period 
Granted 
Cancelled/Forfeitures 
Settled 
Outstanding at end of period 
Vested at end of period 

(RSU’s in thousands) 

 101   $  36.14  
    35.41  
 89  
    32.25  
 (28) 
 (14) 
    36.91  
 148   $  36.37   
 28   $  37.78   

 13.53 
 16.32 

 80   $   32.08  
    37.13   
 60  
    36.92   
 (9) 
    27.10   
 (30) 
$   101   $   36.14   
 25   $   33.35   
$ 

 132   $  27.46  
    40.27  
 31  
    31.58  
 (32) 
 (51) 
    25.41  
 80   $  32.08  
 31   $  27.96  

As of December 31, 2016, the aggregate intrinsic values of outstanding and vested RSUs were approximately 

$4.3 million and $0.8 million, respectively, representing the total pre-tax intrinsic value, based on the Company’s closing 
Class A common stock price of $65.20 as of December 31, 2016, which would have been received by the RSUs holders 
had all RSUs settled as of that date. The total intrinsic value of RSUs settled for 2016, 2015 and 2014 was approximately 
$1.5 million, $0.8 million and $1.7 million, respectively. Upon settlement of RSUs, the Company issues shares of 
Class A common stock. 

The following table summarizes information about RSUs outstanding at December 31, 2016: 

Range of Purchase Prices 

$26.51-$35.41 
$37.13–$40.27 

RSUs Outstanding 

  Weighted Average  

Number 
     Outstanding     

Purchase 
Price 
(RSUs in thousands) 

  Number 
     Vested     

RSUs Vested 
  Weighted Average  
Purchase 
Price 

 87  
 61  
 148   $ 

 35.30   
 37.89   
 36.37   

 2  
 26  
 28   $ 

 30.96  
 38.35  
 37.78  

76 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
The fair value of each share issued under the Management Stock Purchase Plan is estimated on the date of 

grant, using the Black-Scholes-Merton Model, based on the following weighted average assumptions: 

Expected life (years) 
Expected stock price volatility 
Expected dividend yield 
Risk-free interest rate 

Year Ended 
December 31,  

     2016       
 3.0  

2015       
3.0  

2014    
3.0  

    24.8 %   23.4 %    31.2 %
1.2 %   
 0.9 %
1.1 %    0.7 %

 1.3 %  
 0.9 %  

The risk-free interest rate is based upon the U.S. Treasury yield curve at the time of grant for the respective 

expected life of the RSUs. The expected life (estimated period of time outstanding) of RSUs and volatility were 
calculated using historical data. The expected dividend yield of stock is the Company’s best estimate of the expected 
future dividend yield. 

The above assumptions were used to determine the weighted average grant-date fair value of RSUs granted of 

$18.15, $19.04 and $22.57 during 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. 

The Company distributed dividends of $0.71 per share for 2016, $0.66 per share for 2015, and $0.58 per share 

for 2014, respectively, on the Company’s Class A common stock and Class B common stock. 

(13) Employee Benefit Plans 

The Company’s domestic employees are eligible to participate in the Company’s 401(k) savings plan. Since 

January 1, 2012, the Company has provided a base contribution of 2% of an employee’s salary, regardless of whether the 
employee participates in the plan. Further, the Company matches the contribution of up to 100% of the first 4% of an 
employee’s contribution. The Company’s match contributions for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, 
were $5.4 million, $4.3 million, and $4.4 million, respectively. Charges for EMEA pension plans approximated 
$4.5 million, $4.9 million and $5.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. These 
costs relate to plans administered by certain European subsidiaries, with benefits calculated according to government 
requirements and paid out to employees upon retirement or change of employment. 

Prior to January 1, 2012, for the majority of its U.S. employees, the Company had sponsored a funded non-

contributory defined benefit pension plan, the Watts Water Technologies, Inc. Pension Plan (the “Pension Plan”), and an 
unfunded non-contributory defined benefit pension plan, the Watts Water Technologies, Inc. Supplemental Employees 
Retirement Plan (the “SERP”). On April 28, 2014, the Company’s Board of Directors voted to terminate the Company’s 
Pension Plan and the SERP.  The Board of Directors authorized the Company to make such contributions to the Pension 
Plan and SERP as may be necessary to make the plans sufficient to settle all plan liabilities. The Pension Plan was 
terminated effective July 31, 2014, and on June 4, 2015 the Company received the Internal Revenue Service’s favorable 
determination letter for terminating the Pension Plan. The SERP was terminated effective May 15, 2014. In September 
2015, the Company settled its Pension Plan and SERP benefit obligations. The Company made cash contributions in 
September 2015 of $43.2 million to fully fund the settlement actions.  

The cumulative actuarial losses of $59.7 million that were previously recorded in accumulated other 
comprehensive income were recognized in selling, general and administrative expenses for the quarter ended September 
27, 2015.  The associated deferred tax asset of $23.0 million that was previously recorded in accumulated other 
comprehensive income and netted within long-term deferred tax liabilities was reversed in the quarter ended September 
27, 2015.   

On August 18, 2015, the Company entered into Amendment No. 3 to Supplemental Compensation Agreement 

(the “Amendment”) with Timothy P. Horne, the Company’s former Chief Executive Officer and President and a 
principal stockholder. Under the Supplemental Compensation Agreement, dated September 1, 1995, as amended on July 
25, 2000 and October 23, 2002 (the “Compensation Agreement”), between the Company and Mr. Horne, Mr. Horne 
received payments for consulting services equal to the greater of (i) one-half of the average of his annual base salary as 
an employee of the Company during the three years immediately prior to his retirement or (ii) $400,000 for each 
calendar year following his retirement until the date of his death, subject to certain cost-of-living increases each year. 
Mr. Horne was paid $598,562 for his consulting services in 2014. Under the Compensation Agreement Mr. Horne was 

77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
also entitled to receive lifetime benefits, including use of secretarial services, use of an office, retiree health insurance, 
reimbursement of tax and financial planning expenses, and certain other benefits. The Amendment provides for a $6 
million lump-sum buyout of all of the Company’s ongoing lifetime payment obligations and all benefits under the 
Compensation Agreement, except for the use of an office and administrative support. The Amendment also provides for 
consulting services from Mr. Horne as requested by the Company rather than per year hourly requirements. The 
Company paid the $6 million lump-sum buyout amount to Mr. Horne in September 2015, which resulted in a $5 million 
pre-tax charge for the year ended December 31, 2015. 

(14) Contingencies and Environmental Remediation 

Accrual and Disclosure Policy 

The Company is a defendant in numerous legal matters arising from its ordinary course of operations, including 

those involving product liability, environmental matters, and commercial disputes. 

The Company reviews its lawsuits and other legal proceedings on an ongoing basis and follows appropriate 

accounting guidance when making accrual and disclosure decisions. The Company establishes accruals for matters when 
the Company assesses that it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably 
estimated. The Company does not establish accruals for such matters when the Company does not believe both that it is 
probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. The Company’s 
assessment of whether a loss is probable is based on its assessment of the ultimate outcome of the matter following all 
appeals. 

Under the FASB issued ASC 450 “Contingencies”, an event is “reasonably possible” if “the chance of the 

future event or events occurring is more than remote but less than likely” and an event is “remote” if “the chance of the 
future event or events occurring is slight”. Thus, references to the upper end of the range of reasonably possible loss for 
cases in which the Company is able to estimate a range of reasonably possible loss mean the upper end of the range of 
loss for cases for which the Company believes the risk of loss is more than slight. 

There may continue to be exposure to loss in excess of any amount accrued. When it is possible to estimate the 
reasonably possible loss or range of loss above the amount accrued for the matters disclosed, that estimate is aggregated 
and disclosed. The Company records legal costs associated with its legal contingencies as incurred, except for legal costs 
associated with product liability claims which are included in the actuarial estimates used in determining the product 
liability accrual. 

As of December 31, 2016, the Company estimates that the aggregate amount of reasonably possible loss in 

excess of the amount accrued for its legal contingencies is approximately $4.0 million pre-tax. With respect to the 
estimate of reasonably possible loss, management has estimated the upper end of the range of reasonably possible loss 
based on (i) the amount of money damages claimed, where applicable, (ii) the allegations and factual development to 
date, (iii) available defenses based on the allegations, and/or (iv) other potentially liable parties. This estimate is based 
upon currently available information and is subject to significant judgment and a variety of assumptions, and known and 
unknown uncertainties. The matters underlying the estimate will change from time to time, and actual results may vary 
significantly from the current estimate. In the event of an unfavorable outcome in one or more of the matters described 
below, the ultimate liability may be in excess of amounts currently accrued, if any, and may be material to the 
Company’s operating results or cash flows for a particular quarterly or annual period. However, based on information 
currently known to it, management believes that the ultimate outcome of all matters, as they are resolved over time, is 
not likely to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition of the Company, though the outcome could be 
material to the Company’s operating results for any particular period depending, in part, upon the operating results for 
such period. 

Connector Class Actions 

In November and December 2014, Watts Water Technologies, Inc. and Watts Regulator Co. were named as 
defendants in three separate putative nationwide class action complaints (Meyers v. Watts Water Technologies, Inc., 
United States District Court for the Southern District of Ohio; Ponzo v. Watts Regulator Co., United States District 
Court for the District of Massachusetts; Sharp v. Watts Regulator Co., United States District Court for the District of 
Massachusetts) seeking to recover damages and other relief based on the alleged failure of water heater connectors. On 

78 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 26, 2015, plaintiffs in the three actions filed a consolidated amended complaint, under the case captioned Ponzo v. 
Watts Regulator Co., in the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts (hereinafter “Ponzo”). Watts 
Water Technologies was voluntarily dismissed from the Ponzo case.  The complaint seeks among other items, damages 
in an unspecified amount, replacement costs, injunctive relief, declaratory relief, and attorneys’ fees and costs. On 
August 7, 2015, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the complaint, which motion is still pending. 

In February 2015, Watts Regulator Co. was named as a defendant in a putative nationwide class action 

complaint (Klug v. Watts Water Technologies, Inc., et al., United States District Court for the District of Nebraska) 
seeking to recover damages and other relief based on the alleged failure of the Company’s Floodsafe connectors 
(hereinafter “Klug”). On June 26, 2015, the Company filed a partial motion to dismiss the complaint.  In response, on 
July 17, 2015, plaintiff filed an amended complaint which added additional named plaintiffs and sought to correct 
deficiencies in the original complaint, Klug v. Watts Regulator Co., United States District Court for the District of 
Nebraska. The complaint seeks among other items, damages in an unspecified amount, injunctive relief, declaratory 
relief, and attorneys’ fees and costs. On July 31, 2015, the Company filed a partial motion to dismiss the complaint 
which was granted in part and denied in part on December 29, 2015.  The Company answered the amended complaint on 
February 2, 2016.  No formal discovery has yet been conducted. 

The Company participated in mediation sessions of the Ponzo and Klug cases in December 2015 and January 

2016.  On February 16, 2016, the Company reached an agreement in principle to settle all claims. The proposed total 
settlement amount is $14 million, of which the Company is expected to pay approximately $4.1 million after insurance 
proceeds, of up to $9.9 million.  The parties executed final written settlement agreements in April 2016. Motions for 
preliminary approval of the settlements were submitted on May 4, 2016 before the District of Nebraska Federal Court. 
On December 7, 2016, the Court issued an order preliminarily approving the settlements.  The settlements are subject to 
final court approval after a fairness hearing set for April 12, 2017.  Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the 
proposed settlements will be approved in their current form. If the settlements are not approved, the Company intends to 
continue to vigorously contest the allegations in these cases. 

During the fourth quarter of 2015, the Company recorded a liability of $14 million related to the Ponzo and 

Klug matters of which $7.8 million was included in current liabilities and $6.2 million in other noncurrent liabilities.  In 
addition, a $9.5 million receivable was recorded in current assets related to insurance proceeds due, based on costs 
incurred as of December 31, 2015, and subject to completion of a separate final written settlement agreement if the class 
action settlement is approved.  The Company recorded a pre-tax charge of $3.5 million in the fourth quarter of 2015 
related to the settlement after adjusting the existing product liability accrual. 

Product Liability 

The Company is subject to a variety of potential liabilities in connection with product liability cases. The 

Company maintains a high self-insured retention limit within our product liability and general liability coverage, which 
the Company believes to be generally in accordance with industry practices. For product liability cases in the U.S., 
management establishes its product liability accrual, which includes legal costs associated with accrued claims, by 
utilizing third-party actuarial valuations which incorporate historical trend factors and the Company’s specific claims 
experience derived from loss reports provided by third-party administrators. The product liability accrual is established 
after considering any applicable insurance coverage. Changes in the nature of product liability claims or the actual 
settlement amounts could affect the adequacy of the estimates and require changes to the provisions. Because the 
liability is an estimate, the ultimate liability may be more or less than reported. 

Environmental Remediation 

The Company has been named as a potentially responsible party with respect to a limited number of identified 

contaminated sites. The levels of contamination vary significantly from site to site as do the related levels of remediation 
efforts. Environmental liabilities are recorded based on the most probable cost, if known, or on the estimated minimum 
cost of remediation. Accruals are not discounted to their present value, unless the amount and timing of expenditures are 
fixed and reliably determinable. The Company accrues estimated environmental liabilities based on assumptions, which 
are subject to a number of factors and uncertainties. Circumstances that can affect the reliability and precision of these 
estimates include identification of additional sites, environmental regulations, level of clean-up required, technologies 
available, number and financial condition of other contributors to remediation and the time period over which 

79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
remediation may occur. The Company recognizes changes in estimates as new remediation requirements are defined or 
as new information becomes available. 

Asbestos Litigation 

The Company is defending approximately 332 lawsuits in different jurisdictions, alleging injury or death as a 

result of exposure to asbestos. The complaints in these cases typically name a large number of defendants and do not 
identify any particular Company products as a source of asbestos exposure. To date, discovery has failed to yield 
evidence of substantial exposure to any Company products and no judgments have been entered against the Company. 

Other Litigation 

Other lawsuits and proceedings or claims, arising from the ordinary course of operations, are also pending or 

threatened against the Company. 

(15) Financial Instruments 

Fair Value 

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables and trade payables approximate fair value 

because of the short maturity of these financial instruments. 

The fair value of the Company’s 5.05% senior notes due 2020 is based on quoted market prices of similar notes 

(level 2).  The fair value of the Company’s borrowings outstanding under the Credit Agreement and the Company’s 
variable rate debt approximates its carrying value. The carrying amount and the estimated fair market value of the 
Company’s long-term debt, including the current portion, are as follows: 

Carrying amount 
Estimated fair value 

Financial Instruments 

December 31, 

2016 

2015 

(in millions) 
  $ 653.6   $  577.3  
  $ 658.3   $  586.1  

The Company measures certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis, including 

deferred compensation plan assets and related liabilities, redeemable financial instruments, and derivatives. The fair 
values of these certain financial assets and liabilities were determined using the following inputs at December 31, 2016 
and December 31, 2015: 

Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2016 Using: 

  Quoted Prices in Active  Significant Other  
  Markets for Identical   

Observable 
Inputs 
(Level 2) 

Significant   
  Unobservable  
Inputs 
(Level 3) 

     Total 

Assets 
(Level 1) 

Assets 
Plan asset for deferred 
compensation(1) 
Interest rate swaps (1) 
Total assets 
Liabilities 
Plan liability for deferred 
compensation(2) 
Redeemable financial 
instrument(3) 
Total liabilities 

(in millions) 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

 3.0   $ 
 4.6   $ 
 7.6   $ 

 3.0   $ 
 —   $ 
 3.0   $ 

 —   $ 
 4.6   $ 
 4.6   $ 

 —  
 —  
 —  

  $ 

 3.0   $ 

 3.0   $ 

 —   $ 

 —  

  $ 
  $ 

 5.8   $ 
 8.8   $ 

—   $ 
 3.0   $ 

 —   $ 
 —   $ 

 5.8  
 5.8  

80 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2015 Using: 

  Quoted Prices in Active   Significant Other    Significant   
  Unobservable  
  Markets for Identical 
 Inputs 
Assets 
(Level 3) 
(Level 1) 

Inputs 
(Level 2) 

  Observable 

     Total 

Assets 
Plan asset for deferred 
compensation(1) 
Total assets 
Liabilities 
Plan liability for deferred 
compensation(2) 
Redeemable financial 
instrument(3) 
Total liabilities 

(in millions) 

  $ 
  $ 

 3.3   $ 
 3.3   $ 

 3.3   $ 
 3.3   $ 

 —   $ 
 —   $ 

 —  
 —  

  $ 

 3.3   $ 

 3.3   $ 

 —   $ 

 —  

 5.7  
 9.0   $ 

  $ 

 —  
 3.3   $ 

 —  
 —   $ 

 5.7  
 5.7  

(1)  Included on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet in other assets (other, net). 

(2)  Included on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet in accrued compensation and benefits. 

(3)  Included on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet in other noncurrent liabilities as of December 31, 2016 and 
December 31, 2015 and relates to a mandatorily redeemable equity instrument as part of the Apex acquisition in 
2015.  

The table below provides a summary of the changes in fair value of all financial assets and liabilities measured 

at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the period December 31, 2015 to 
December 31, 2016. 

Balance 
  December 31, 
2015 

  Total realized and unrealized   
(gains) losses included in: 

Balance 

    Settlements    Purchases      adjustments      

  Net earnings   Comprehensive  December 31,   
income 

2016 

Redeemable financial instrument   $ 

 5.7  

 (0.8)  $ 

 0.8  

 —   $ 

 0.1   $ 

 5.8  

(in millions) 

In connection with the acquisition of AERCO Korea in the first quarter of 2016, a liability of $0.8 million was 

recognized as the estimate of the acquisition date fair value of the mandatorily redeemable equity instrument. This 
liability was classified as Level 3 under the fair value hierarchy as it is based on the commitment to purchase the 
remaining 10% of AERCO Korea shares by December 31, 2017, which is not observable in the market. On December 
30, 2016, the Company purchased the remaining 10% of AERCO Korea shares, settling this redeemable financial 
instrument. 

In connection with the acquisition of Apex, a liability of $5.5 million was recognized on November 30, 2015 as 
the estimate of the acquisition date fair value of the mandatorily redeemable equity instrument. This liability is classified 
as Level 3 under the fair value hierarchy as it is based on the commitment to purchase the remaining 20% of Apex shares 
within the next three years, which is not observable in the market. 

Cash equivalents consist of instruments with remaining maturities of three months or less at the date of 

purchase and consist primarily of certificates of deposit and money market funds, for which the carrying amount is a 
reasonable estimate of fair value.  

The Company uses financial instruments from time to time to enhance its ability to manage risk, including 

foreign currency and commodity pricing exposures, which exist as part of its ongoing business operations. The use of 
derivatives exposes the Company to counterparty credit risk for nonperformance and to market risk related to changes in 
currency exchange rates and commodity prices. The Company manages its exposure to counterparty credit risk through 
diversification of counterparties. The Company’s counterparties in derivative transactions are substantial commercial 
banks with significant experience using such derivative instruments. The impact of market risk on the fair value and cash 

81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
    
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
     
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
flows of the Company’s derivative instruments is monitored and the Company restricts the use of derivative financial 
instruments to hedging activities. The Company does not enter into contracts for trading purposes nor does the Company 
enter into any contracts for speculative purposes. The use of derivative instruments is approved by senior management 
under written guidelines. 

Interest Rate Swaps 

On February 12, 2016, the Company entered into a new Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) pursuant 

to which it received a funding commitment under a Term Loan of $300 million, of which the entire $300 million has 
been drawn on, and a Revolving Commitment (“Revolver”) of $500 million, of which $162 million has been drawn as of 
December 31, 2016.  Both facilities mature on February 12, 2021.  For each facility, the Company can choose either an 
Adjusted LIBOR or Alternative Base Rate (“ABR”). Upon intended election of Adjusted LIBOR as the interest rate, the 
Term Loan has quarterly interest payments that began on May 12, 2016, quarterly principal repayments commencing on 
March 31, 2017, with a balloon payment of principal on maturity date. The Revolver has quarterly interest payments that 
began on July 27, 2016. 

Accordingly, the Company’s earnings and cash flows are exposed to interest rate risk from changes in Adjusted 

LIBOR. In order to manage the Company’s exposure to changes in cash flows attributable to fluctuations in LIBOR-
indexed interest payments related to the Company’s floating rate debt, the Company entered into two interest rate swaps. 
For each interest rate swap, the Company receives the three-month USD-LIBOR subject to a 0% floor, and pays a fixed 
rate of 1.31375% on a notional amount of $225.0 million. The swaps mature on February 12, 2021.  The Company 
formally documents the hedge relationships at hedge inception to ensure that its interest rate swaps qualify for hedge 
accounting. On a quarterly basis, the Company assesses whether the interest rate swaps are highly effective in offsetting 
changes in the cash flow of the hedged item. The Company does not hold or issue interest rate swaps for trading 
purposes. The swaps are designated as cash flow hedges. For the year ended December 31, 2016, a gain of $2.9 million 
was recorded in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income to recognize the change in the fair value of interest rate 
swaps that qualify as a cash flow hedge. The Company did not enter into any interest rate swaps during 2015. 

Non-Designated Cash Flow Hedge 

The Company has exposure to a number of foreign currency rates, including the Canadian dollar, the euro, the 
Chinese yuan and the British Pound Sterling. To manage this risk, the Company generally uses a layering methodology 
whereby at the end of any quarter, the Company has generally entered into forward exchange contracts which hedge 
approximately 50% of the projected intercompany purchase transactions for the next twelve months. These forward 
exchange contracts are not designated as cash flow or fair value hedges. The Company entered into two forward 
exchange contracts to manage the foreign currency rate exposure in 2016. The first forward contract was entered into to 
manage the foreign currency rate exposure between the Canadian dollar and the euro regarding an intercompany loan. 
This hedge was terminated in November 2016 when the intercompany loan was settled. The second forward contract 
was entered into to manage the foreign currency rate exposure between the Hong Kong Dollar and the euro regarding an 
intercompany loan.  These forward contracts are marked-to-market with changes in the fair value recorded to earnings. 
The Company recognized a gain on this forward contract in 2016 of $0.3 million. The Company did not have any 
forward contracts in 2015. 

82 

 
 
Leases 

The Company leases certain manufacturing facilities, sales offices, warehouses, and equipment. Generally, the 

leases carry renewal provisions and require the Company to pay maintenance costs. Future minimum lease payments 
under capital leases and non-cancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2016 are as follows: 

2017 
2018 
2019 
2020 
2021 
Thereafter 
Total 

Less amount representing interest (at rates ranging from 4.3% to 

7.0%) 

Present value of net minimum capital lease payments 
Less current installments of obligations under capital leases 

Obligations under capital leases, excluding current 

     Capital Leases    Operating Leases  
(in millions) 

 7.8  
 6.1  
 4.5  
 2.9  
 1.5  
 3.8  
 26.6  

  $ 

  $ 

 1.1   $ 
 1.0  
 1.0  
 1.0  
 0.2  
 —  
 4.3   $ 

 0.3  
 4.0  
 1.0  

installments 

  $ 

 3.0  

Carrying amounts of assets under capital lease include: 

Buildings 
Machinery and equipment 

Less accumulated depreciation 

(16) Segment Information 

  December 31, 
       2016        2015 
(in millions) 

  $  13.4   $  13.8  
 1.7  
   15.5  
    (5.1) 
  $   9.5   $  10.4  

 1.5  
   14.9  
    (5.4)  

The Company operates in three geographic segments: Americas, EMEA, and Asia-Pacific. Each of these 

segments sells similar products and has separate financial results that are reviewed by the Company’s chief operating 
decision-maker. All intercompany sales transactions have been eliminated. Sales by region are based upon location of 
the entity recording the sale. The accounting policies for each segment are the same as those described in the summary 
of significant accounting policies (see Note 2). 

83 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
   
 
 
  
   
 
 
  
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following is a summary of the Company’s significant accounts and balances by segment, reconciled to its 

consolidated totals: 

Net Sales 

Americas 
EMEA 
Asia-Pacific 

Consolidated net sales 

Operating income (loss) 

Americas 
EMEA 
Asia-Pacific 

Subtotal reportable segments 

Corporate(*) 

Consolidated operating income (loss) 
Interest income 
Interest expense 
Other (income) expense, net 

Income (loss) before income taxes 
Identifiable assets (at end of period) 

Americas 
EMEA 
Asia-Pacific 

Consolidated identifiable assets 

Property, plant and equipment, net (at end of period) 

Americas 
EMEA 
Asia-Pacific 

Consolidated long-lived assets 

Capital Expenditures 

Americas 
EMEA 
Asia-Pacific 

Consolidated capital expenditures 

Depreciation and Amortization 

Americas 
EMEA 
Asia-Pacific 

Consolidated depreciation and amortization 

2016 

Year Ended December 31, 
2015 
(in millions) 

2014 

  $ 

 900.9   $ 
 442.3  
 55.2  

 978.5   $ 
 445.5  
 43.7  

  $   1,398.4   $   1,467.7   $ 

 926.8  
 546.4  
 40.5  
 1,513.7  

  $ 

  $ 

 127.1   $ 
 40.8  
 14.3  
 182.2  
 (37.2) 
 145.0  
 (1.0) 
 22.6  
 (4.4) 
 127.8   $ 

  $   1,093.7   $ 

 582.0  
 124.6  

 109.9   $ 
 (98.6) 
 (0.5) 
 10.8  
 (100.9) 
 (90.1) 
 (1.0) 
 24.3  
 (2.4) 
 (111.0)  $ 

 970.7   $ 
 607.7  
 112.4  

  $   1,800.3   $   1,690.8   $ 

 110.3  
 37.5  
 (6.5) 
 141.3  
 (35.9) 
 105.4  
 (0.7) 
 19.9  
 3.1  
 83.1  

 1,014.8  
 787.5  
 145.7  
 1,948.0  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

 106.2   $ 
 75.9  
 7.6  
 189.7   $ 

 88.6   $ 
 82.3  
 13.5  
 184.4   $ 

 90.1  
 100.1  
 13.1  
 203.3  

 25.7   $ 
 9.2  
 1.1  
 36.0   $ 

 28.8   $ 
 19.4  
 3.0  
 51.2   $ 

 19.0   $ 
 7.5  
 1.2  
 27.7   $ 

 29.0   $ 
 21.1  
 2.3  
 52.4   $ 

 10.9  
 11.6  
 1.2  
 23.7  

 20.1  
 25.8  
 2.2  
 48.1  

*     Corporate expenses are primarily for administrative compensation expense, compliance costs, professional fees, 

including corporate-related legal and audit expenses, shareholder services and benefit administration costs. Included 
in Corporate’s operating loss for 2015 is a $59.7 million charge related to the Company’s settlement of its Pension 
Plan and SERP benefit obligations. Refer to Note 13 Defined Benefit Plans for further discussion. 

The following includes U.S. net sales and U.S. property, plant and equipment of the Company’s Americas 
segment: 

U.S. net sales 
U.S. property, plant and equipment, net (at end of year) 

84 

2016 

December 31, 
     2015 
(in millions) 
  $ 839.2   $ 909.2   $ 849.0  
  $ 102.5   $  85.2   $ 86.0  

2014 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
     
     
  
 
 
 
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
The following includes intersegment sales for Americas, EMEA and Asia-Pacific: 

      2016 

December 31, 
2015 
(in millions) 

2014 

Intersegment Sales 

Americas 
EMEA 
Asia-Pacific 

Intersegment sales 

  $  12.0   $  8.2   $ 

 6.3  
 13.3  
 9.8  
   155.3  
   110.9  
  $ 101.7   $ 128.9   $  174.9  

    11.8  
    77.9  

The Company sells its products into various end markets around the world and groups net sales to third parties 

into four product categories. Net sales to third parties for the four product categories are as follows: 

2016 

Year Ended December 31, 
2015 
(in millions) 

2014 

Net Sales 

Residential & commercial flow control 
HVAC & gas 
Drains & water re-use 
Water quality 

Consolidated net sales 

  $  779.2   $  831.1   $ 

 930.3  
 356.2  
 144.0  
 83.2  
  $ 1,398.4   $ 1,467.7   $  1,513.7  

 408.1  
 132.3  
 78.8  

 425.1  
 131.0  
 80.5  

(17) Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss consists of the following: 

Foreign 
  Currency   
     Translation     Adjustments   

Pension 

  Interest rate  Comprehensive   

swaps 

Loss 

      Accumulated     
Other 

Balance December 31, 2015 
Change in period 
Balance April 3, 2016 
Change in period 
Balance July 3, 2016 
Change in period 
Balance October 2, 2016 
Change in period 
Balance December 31, 2016 

Balance December 31,2014 
Change in period 
Balance March 29, 2015 
Change in period 
Balance June 28, 2015 
Change in period 
Balance September 27, 2015 
Change in period 
Balance December 31, 2015 

(in millions) 

  $  (128.2)  $ 

 24.4  

  $  (103.8)  $ 
 (19.1) 
  $  (122.9)  $ 

 3.3  

  $  (119.6)  $ 
 (34.1) 
  $  (153.7)  $ 

  $ 

 (53.0)  $ 
 (65.1) 
  $  (118.1)  $ 

  $ 

 18.4  
 (99.7)  $ 
 (5.8) 

  $  (105.5)  $ 
 (22.7) 
  $  (128.2)  $ 

 — $ 
 —   
 — $ 
 —   
 — $ 
 —   
 —  $ 
 —    
 —  $ 

 (36.1)$ 
 0.2   
 (35.9)$ 
 0.2   
 (35.7)$ 
 35.7   
 — $ 
 —   
 — $ 

 —   $ 

 (0.2) 
 (0.2)  $ 
 (1.7) 
 (1.9)  $ 
 1.3  
 (0.6)  $ 
 3.5  
 2.9   $ 

 —   $ 
 —  
 —   $ 
 —  
 —   $ 
 —  
 —   $ 
 —  
 —   $ 

 (128.2) 
 24.2  
 (104.0) 
 (20.8) 
 (124.8) 
 4.6  
 (120.2) 
 (30.6) 
 (150.8) 

 (89.1) 
 (64.9) 
 (154.0) 
 18.6  
 (135.4) 
 29.9  
 (105.5) 
 (22.7) 
 (128.2) 

85 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
       
           
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
          
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
     
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
(18) Quarterly Financial Information (unaudited) 

Year ended December 31,  2016 
Net sales 
Gross profit 
Net income  
Per common share: 
Basic 

Net income(1)  

Diluted 

Net income(1)  

Dividends declared per common share 
Year ended December 31,  2015 
Net sales 
Gross profit 
Net income (loss) 
Per common share: 
Basic 

Net income (loss) 

Diluted 

Net income (loss) 

Dividends declared per common share 

First 

Fourth 
      Quarter        Quarter        Quarter        Quarter 

Second 

Third 

(in millions, except per share information) 

  $  344.2   $  371.1   $  341.1   $ 
    150.7  
 28.6  

    142.0  
 21.9  

    135.2  
 16.2  

 342.0  
 137.7  
 17.5  

 0.47  

 0.83  

 0.63  

 0.51  

 0.47  
 0.17  

 0.83  
 0.18  

 0.63  
 0.18  

 0.51  
 0.18  

  $  356.2   $  386.9   $  366.3   $ 
    145.8  
 19.3  

    142.2  
    (25.7) 

    130.5  
 11.6  

 358.3  
 134.6  
    (118.2) 

 0.33  

 0.55  

    (0.73) 

 (3.41) 

 0.33  
 0.15  

 0.55  
 0.17  

    (0.73) 
 0.17  

 (3.41) 
 0.17  

(1)  Four quarters may not sum to full year due to rounding. 

(19) Subsequent Events 

On February 8, 2017, the Company declared a quarterly dividend of eighteen cents ($0.18) per share on each 
outstanding share of Class A common stock and Class B common stock payable on March 16, 2017 to stockholders of 
record on March 2, 2017. 

86 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Watts Water Technologies, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts 
(Amounts in millions) 

     Balance At        Additions       Additions 
Charged To 
  Beginning of  Charged To  

Period 

      Expense 

End of 
    Other Accounts    Deductions      Period 

    Balance At  

Year Ended December 31,  2014 
Allowance for doubtful accounts 
Reserve for excess and obsolete inventories 
Year Ended December 31,  2015 
Allowance for doubtful accounts 
Reserve for excess and obsolete inventories 
Year Ended December 31,  2016 
Allowance for doubtful accounts 
Reserve for excess and obsolete inventories 

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

 9.7     
 27.9     

 1.8   
 7.0   

 0.6   
 1.6   

 (1.5)  $ 
 (7.2)  $ 

 10.6  
 29.3  

 10.6     
 29.3     

 2.8   
 11.8   

—   
—   

 (3.3)  $ 
 (12.0)  $ 

 10.1  
 29.1  

 10.1   $ 
 29.1   $ 

 5.5   
 7.0   

 0.5   
 0.6   

 (1.9)  $ 
 (10.6)  $ 

 14.2  
 26.1  

87 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit No.       

EXHIBIT INDEX 

Description 

3.1  Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended(14) 
3.2  Amended and Restated By-Laws(1) 
9.1  The Amended and Restated George B. Horne Voting Trust Agreement—1997 dated as of September 14, 

1999(15) 

10.1*  Supplemental Compensation Agreement effective as of September 1, 1996 between the Registrant and 

Timothy P. Horne(9), Amendment No. 1 dated July 25, 2000(16), Amendment No. 2 dated October 23, 
2002(3), and Amendment No. 3 dated August 18, 2015(7) 

10.2  Amended and Restated Stock Restriction Agreement dated October 30, 1991(2), and Amendment dated 

August 26, 1997(12) 

10.3  Registration Rights Agreement dated July 25, 1986(5) 

10.4*†  Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and certain directors and officers of the 

Registrant 

10.5*  Watts Water Technologies, Inc. Executive Incentive Bonus Plan(11) 
10.6*  Non-Employee Director Compensation Arrangements(24) 
10.7*  Watts Water Technologies, Inc. Management Stock Purchase Plan Amended and Restated as of 

October 27, 2015(6) 

10.8*  Watts Water Technologies, Inc. Second Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Incentive Plan(8) 
10.9*  Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the Watts Water Technologies, Inc. Second 

Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Incentive Plan(10) 

10.10*  Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for Employees under the Watts Water Technologies, Inc. 

Second Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Incentive Plan(20) 

10.11*  Form of Restricted Stock Agreement between Watts Water Technologies, Inc. and Robert J. Pagano, 

Jr.(21) 

10.12*  Form of Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement between Watts Water Technologies, Inc. and 

Robert J. Pagano, Jr.(21) 

10.13*  Form of 2014 Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement under the Watts Water Technologies, Inc. 

Second Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Incentive Plan(22) 

10.14*  Form of 2015 Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement under the Watts Water Technologies, Inc. 

Second Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Incentive Plan(20) 

10.15*†  Form of 2016 Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement under the Watts Water Technologies, Inc. 

Second Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Incentive Plan 

10.16*  Form of 2014 Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the Watts Water Technologies, Inc. Second 

Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Incentive Plan(23) 

10.17*  Form of 2014 Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the Watts Water Technologies, Inc. Second 

Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Incentive Plan(23) 

10.18*†  Watts Water Technologies, Inc. Executive Severance Plan, as amended and restated as of February 8, 

2017 

10.19*  Separation Agreement dated February 14, 2016 between Watts Water Technologies, Inc. and Mario 

Sanchez(19) 

10.20*†  Separation Agreement dated August 12, 2016 between Watts Water Technologies, Inc. and Debra Ogston 
10.21  Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 27, 2006, between the Registrant and the Purchasers named 

in Schedule A thereto relating to the Registrant’s $225,000,000 5.85% Senior Notes due April 30, 
2016(4) 

10.22  Form of 5.85% Senior Note due April 30, 2016(4) 
10.23  Subsidiary Guaranty, dated as of April 27, 2006, in connection with the Registrant’s 5.85% Senior Notes 

due April 30, 2016 executed by the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, including the form of Joinder to 
Subsidiary Guaranty(4) 

10.24  Credit Agreement, dated as of February 12, 2016, among the Registrant, certain subsidiaries of the 

Registrant as Borrowers, JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender 
and L/C Issuer and the other lenders referred to therein(19) 

10.25  Guaranty, dated as of February 12, 2016, by the Registrant and the Subsidiaries of the Registrant set forth 

therein, in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A. and other lenders referred to therein(19) 

88 

 
Exhibit No.       

Description 

10.26  Note Purchase Agreement, dates as of June 18, 2010, between the Registrant and Purchasers named in 

Schedule A thereto relating to the Registrants $75,000,000 5.05% Senior Notes due June 18, 2020(18) 

10.27  Form of 5.05% Senior Note due June 18, 2020(18) 
10.28  Form of Subsidiary Guaranty in connection with the Registrants 5.05% Senior Notes due June 18, 2020, 

including the form of Joinder to Subsidiary Guaranty(18) 

10.29  Facility Agreement dated as of December 16, 2016, among Watts International Holdings Limited, as 

original borrower and original guarantor, Watts Water Technologies EMEA B.V., as original guarantor, 
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as sole bookrunner and sole lead arranger, J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, 
as agent to the financial parties, and the other lenders referred to therein(17) 

11  Statement Regarding Computation of Earnings per Common Share(13) 
21†  Subsidiaries 
23†  Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

31.1†  Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities 

Exchange Act of 1934, as amended 

31.2†  Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities 

Exchange Act of 1934, as amended 

32.1††  Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 
32.2††  Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 

101.INS†  XBRL Instance Document. 
101.SCH†  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document. 
101.CAL†  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document. 
101.DEF†  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document 
101.LAB†  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document. 
101.PRE†  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document. 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

(6) 

(7) 

(8) 

(9) 

Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 27, 2015 (File 
No. 001-11499). 

Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 14, 1991 (File 
No. 001-11499). 

Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 
2002 (File No. 001- 11499). 

Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 27, 2006 (File 
No. 001-11499). 

Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Form S-1 (No. 33-6515) as part of the Second Amendment to such 
Form S-1 dated August 21, 1986. 

Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 26, 2015 (File 
No. 001- 11499). 

Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 18, 2015 (File 
No. 001- 11499). 

Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 15, 2013 (File 
No. 001-11499). 

Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended June 30, 1996 (File 
No. 001-11499). 

(10) 

Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 
2013 (File No. 001- 11499). 

89 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(11) 

(12) 

Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 2015 
(File No. 001-11499). 

Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended June 30, 1997 (File 
No. 001-11499). 

(13) 

Incorporated by reference to notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 2 of this Report. 

(14) 

(15) 

(16) 

(17) 

(18) 

(19) 

(20) 

(21) 

(22) 

(23) 

(24) 

Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 3, 2005 
(File No. 001- 11499). 

Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended June 30, 1999 (File 
No. 001-11499). 

Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for quarter ended September 30, 
2000 (File No. 001- 11499). 

Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 16, 2016 (File 
No. 001-11499). 

Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 18, 2010 (File 
No. 001-11499). 

Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 9, 2016 (File 
No. 001-11499). 

Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended 
September 27, 2015 (File No. 001-11499). 

Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 4, 2014 (File 
No. 001-11499). 

Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for quarter ended March 30, 2014 
(File No. 001- 11499). 

Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for quarter ended June 29, 2014 
(File No. 001- 11499). 

Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 
2014 (File No. 001- 11499). 

*       Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. 

† 

Filed herewith. 

††  

Furnished herewith. 

Attached as Exhibit 101 to this report are the following formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language): 
(i) Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, (ii) Consolidated 
Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, (iii) Consolidated 
Balance Sheets at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for 
the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended 
December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

90 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Global
Management Team

Robert J. Pagano, Jr.
Chief Executive Officer and President

Jennifer L. Congdon
Chief Human Resources Officer

James F. Dagley
President,
Heating & Hot Water Solutions

Kenneth R. Lepage
General Counsel,
Executive Vice President and Secretary

Elie A. Melhem
President,
Asia-Pacific, the Middle East, and Africa

Munish Nanda
President,
Americas and Europe

Ram Ramakrishnan
Executive Vice President,
Strategy and Business Development

Todd A. Trapp
Chief FInancial Officer

For more information on Watts Water 
Technologies, visit our 
investor website by scanning the QR code 
below or visiting 
WattsWater.com/Investors.

The Board of Directors
Left to right:  Jes Munk Hansen, Joseph T. Noonan, Christopher L. Conway, Merilee Raines, 
Robert L. Ayers, W. Craig Kissel, David A. Dunbar, Robert J. Pagano, Jr., Richard J. Cathcart, 
and Joseph W. Reitmeier. (Not pictured: Bernard Baert)

Corporate  
Information

Executive Offices
815 Chestnut Street
North Andover, MA 01845-6098
Tel:  (978) 688-1811
Fax: (978) 688-2976

Registrar and Transfer Agent
Wells Fargo Shareowner Services
P.O. Box 64854
St. Paul, MN 55164-0854
Tel: (800) 468-9716

Auditors
KPMG LLP
Two FInancial Center
60 South Street
Boston, MA 02111

Stock Listing
New York Stock Exchange
Ticker Symbol: WTS

Directors

Robert L. Ayers
Director

Bernard Baert
Director

Richard J. Cathcart
Director

Christopher L. Conway
Director

David A. Dunbar
Director

Jes Munk Hansen
Director

W. Craig Kissel
Chairman of the Board and Director

Joseph T. Noonan
Director

Robert J. Pagano, Jr.
Director

Merilee Raines
Director

Joseph W. Reitmeier
Director

This Annual Report contains “forward-looking” statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation 
Reform Act of 1995. All statements that relate to prospective events or developments are forward-looking statements. 
Also, words such as “intend,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “plan," “expect,” and similar expressions identify forward-looking state-
ments. We cannot assure investors that our assumptions and expectations will prove to have been correct. There are 
a number of important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those indicated or implied 
by forward-looking statements. These factors include, but are not limited to, those set forth in the section titled “Risk 
Factors” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016, included in this Annual Report. Ex-
cept as required by law, we undertake no intention or obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, 
whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise.

3/20/17   11:06 AM

 W
W
a
a
t
t
t
t
s
s
W
W
a
a
t
t
e
e
r
r

T
T
e
e
c
c
h
h
n
n
o
o
o
o
g
g
e
e
s
s
,
,

l
l

i
i

I
I

n
n
c
c
.
.

2
0
1
6

A
A
n
n
n
n
u
u
a
a

l
l

R
R
e
e
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t

Printed on Recycled Paper

Annual Report 1716
© Watts Water Technologies, Inc. 2017
WattsWater.com 

707069cov.indd   1